






















No
such thing as a free lunch department here.
How
about plagiarism? Speaking of "faux" how
about this comparison of economic moments
in our history!
F
A U X N E W Y O R
K T I M E S : Truth and consequences - going-out-of-business sale? One year on...
"Restructuring
debt" for some, like taking down the goal posts for others? Chapter 11 for others (the
favorite part of the latest best seller)...the New Yorker is going to
look like a comic book soon...and how about some other glossy
quarterlies that arrive unsolicited in the mailbox? Chapter 7, liquidation
("going out of business sale"), a possibility, too. G-20 and
shrinking.
FROM THE BARD:
"There
's daggers in men's smiles". - (Macbeth - Act II, Scene III). Not
the bard: how about this for
commentary?
How is
"W" like "H"...add an "O" and you get, who?
The Cipher in Chief
Unlike
prior presidents, Obama remains an enigma to the public.
National Review
Rich Lowry
August 24, 2010 12:00 A.M.
There was a time when Barack Obama disavowed his middle name, Hussein.
During the 2008 campaign, Obama’s aides bristled even at references to
him by his initials BHO, so sensitive were they to the offending “H.”
Then, after he won the election, he proudly brandished his middle name
as evidence of his connection to the Muslim world and of America’s
tolerant embrace of people with even the most exotic backgrounds. With
new polls showing 18 percent (in a Pew Research poll) or 24 percent (in
a Time magazine survey) believing Obama is a Muslim, the name Hussein
is surely headed back to a secure, undisclosed location.
That a sliver of Americans believe Obama is a Muslim is not shocking in
the context of other bizarre and stupid things they tell pollsters. In
a rebuke to geography teachers everywhere, 10 percent of people either
don’t think Hawaii is part of the United States or aren’t sure. Twenty
percent believe aliens have contacted us here on Earth. And 11 percent
have confidence in the United States Congress.
But the numbers tell us something important about President Obama: We
don’t know him. The most powerful and famous man in the country is
still the mysterious stranger. He rose from nowhere, winning an
election based partly on being an unknown quantity, and an unknown
quantity he remains.
Obama has proven adept at crafting and then casting off synthetic
identities. He was the good-government, process-obsessed reformer —
until he wanted to raise countless millions of dollars outside the
campaign-finance system. He was the post-partisan scourge of politics
as usual — until his hyper-partisan first 18 months in office. He was
the moderate — until he pushed his vast left-wing spending agenda.
Obama’s candidacy always had the sense about it of a supremely artful
marketing campaign. His bio video during the Denver convention made him
sound like a corn-fed product of the American heartland. There was
barely a hint of the father from Kenya and the boyhood in Indonesia and
Hawaii — in short, what made him so biographically alluring to
worshipful journalists.
He was the blank canvas upon which people could paint their visions of
grandeur. One moment Obama was the loyal parishioner of the Rev.
Jeremiah Wright, who converted him to Christianity and was the fount of
preacherly wisdom from whom Obama ripped off his most famous rhetorical
riff, “the audacity of hope.” The next, he’d hardly heard of the good
reverend.
An element of the Obama-is-a-Muslim opinion is perfervid critics
wanting to believe the worst of him, but not all. According to Pew, the
number of Americans who identify him as Christian has declined from 51
percent in October 2008 to just 34 percent. The more we see of him, the
less we know of him. Only 46 percent of Democrats and 43 percent of
blacks think Obama is a Christian. His faith simply hasn’t made an
impression on the public.
Compared with his predecessors, Obama is as transparent as a billiard
ball. You knew George W. Bush was an unapologetically pro-business,
freedom-spreadin’ Texas evangelical. You knew Bill Clinton was a flawed
but brilliant Southern operator, part of whose charm was the ability to
lie with impressive fluidity. Who is Obama?
He’s a man constantly traveling under a cloak of ideological falsity,
since he can’t speak frankly of his big-government ambitions. He’s
emotionally remote. And he’s the product of life experiences alien even
to his most natural supporters. In the heat of the controversy over her
firing from the Agriculture Department, civil-rights activist Shirley
Sherrod pointedly noted that Obama “is not someone who has experienced
what I have experienced through life.”
None of this would matter particularly if Obama’s program were working
— he could identify himself with its successes. As it is, he’s the
cipher in chief, overexposed but underperforming, as detached as a
law-school lecturer. President Obama is assuredly not a Muslim. For
many of his countrymen, though, he remains a question mark.
.
This
opinion piece assumes that the President didn't really mean what he
said in the first place.
The anti-statesmen
New York Post
By JOHAN GOLDBERG
Last Updated: 12:53 AM, August 18, 2010
Posted: 12:20 AM, August 18, 2010
The Ground Zero mosque controversy is one of the stupidest debates of
our time. I don't mean the substance of the debate (though there's no
shortage of stupidity on that front, either). I mean that we're having
it at all.
The CIA usually defends its existence by pointing out that we never
hear about its successes, only its failures: The bombs that don't go
off don't make headlines. Politics works the same way. Good politicians
instinctively see down the road and around the corner. Great
politicians do this not just with political headaches but with weighty
affairs as well. We call such foresight statesmanship.
With the Ground Zero mosque, we've gotten the exact opposite. The
supposedly pragmatic political wise men have been blinded by ideology
or incompetence and have failed to see what was so obviously around the
corner. A big honking Islamic center built to capitalize on 9/11, in a
building that was damaged on 9/11? What could go wrong? It's as if
they've wanted to turn a dumb idea into an emotional, unwinnable
national controversy.
Let's start with the incandescent idiocy of Mayor Bloomberg. If
Bloomberg had foresight, he'd have prevented anyone from ever hearing
the words "Ground Zero" and "mosque" in the same sentence.
Bloomberg isn't only the mayor. He's also a billionaire with vast sway
in the city's media, finance and cultural institutions. Moreover, the
Big Apple is a Hieronymus Bosch hellscape for landlords and developers.
Rent control, historic preservation, zoning, environmental impact,
community protests, union delays -- not to mention plain old red tape
and corruption -- offer enough tools to stop any project before it
starts. (Heck, Ground Zero is still a gaping hole, and everyone has
wanted that land to be developed, fast.)
The notion that Bloomberg couldn't have quietly stopped this in New
York is like saying Satan is powerless to do anything about the heat in
Hades. He could have kept the molehill from becoming a mountain with an
afternoon's worth of phone calls. The center would be built, just not
so close to Ground Zero; no big deal.
But instead of quietly extinguishing a controversy, Bloomberg said it
was as important a "test of the separation of church and state as we
may see in our lifetime."
He also insists that opponents should be "ashamed" of their bigotry,
even though he expects "special sensitivity" from the mosque's backers.
Apparently, it's only shameful to think Ground Zero requires "special
sensitivity" if you oppose the mosque. Bloomberg apparently needs a
tutor to pass his own church-state test.
Which brings us to President Obama (who himself could have quietly
intervened months ago) and what may be his most embarrassing blunder
yet. At a White House dinner with Muslim leaders Friday night, Obama
offered what every major journalistic outfit in the country took to be
unqualified support for building the mosque. Indeed, Obama aides
preened over his moral courage, telling the New York Times that there
was no doubt which side he would take.
"He felt he had a responsibility to speak," said David Axelrod, as if
he was drafting the inscription on Obama's Profiles in Courage Award.
But by Saturday morning, Obama tried to weasel out of it with the sort
of lawyerly parsing everybody despises. Speaking to reporters in
Florida, Obama claimed he had no position on the "wisdom" of the
project, and anyone who mistook his academic comments about building a
mosque in Lower Manhattan for an endorsement misunderstood him.
Well, if his real intent was to remain agnostic, he should fire his
speechwriter.
But of course his intent was to seem heroically principled. But when he
was hit with a foreseeable backlash (in one poll, nearly 70 percent of
Americans oppose the mosque), he once again led with his glass jaw and,
in effect, told everybody they were too dimwitted to grasp the
brilliant nuance of his remarks.
This was the opposite of statesmanship. By elevating a stupid idea and
a poisonous debate, he forced everyone to take a side on a polarizing
issue (including vulnerable Democrats like Nevada Sen. Harry Reid, who
late Monday came out against the mosque), while undermining his own
credibility, not to mention America's reputation around the world.
And it all could have been avoided with some foresight and a few phone
calls.
Why is this
editorial a joke?
Breaking a Promise on Surveillance
NYTIMES Editorial
July 29, 2010
It is just a technical matter, the Obama administration says: We just
need to make a slight change in a law to make clear that we have the
right to see the names of anyone’s e-mail correspondents and their Web
browsing history without the messy complication of asking a judge for
permission.
It is far more than a technical change. The administration’s request,
reported Thursday in The Washington Post, is an unnecessary and
disappointing step backward toward more intrusive surveillance from a
president who promised something very different during the 2008
campaign.
In a 1993 update to the Electronic Communications Privacy Act, Congress
said that Internet service providers have to turn over to the F.B.I.,
on request, “electronic communication transactional records.” The
government says this includes the e-mail records of their subscribers,
specifically the addresses to which e-mail messages were sent, and the
times and dates. (The content of the messages can remain private.) It
may also include Web browsing records. To get this information, the
F.B.I. simply has to ask for it in the form of a national security
letter, which is an administrative request that does not require a
judge’s signature.
But there was an inconsistency in the writing of the 1993 law. One
section said that Internet providers had to turn over this information,
but the next section, which specified what the F.B.I. could request,
left out electronic communication records. In 2008, the Justice
Department’s Office of Legal Counsel issued an opinion saying this
discrepancy meant the F.B.I. could no longer ask for the information.
Many Internet providers stopped turning it over. Now the Obama
administration has asked Congress to make clear that the F.B.I. can ask
for it.
These national security letters are the same vehicles that the Bush
administration used after the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks to demand that
libraries turn over the names of books that people had checked out. The
F.B.I. used these letters hundreds of thousands of times to demand
records of phone calls and other communications, and the Pentagon used
them to get records from banks and consumer credit agencies. Internal
investigations of both agencies found widespread misuse of the power,
and little oversight into how it was wielded.
President Obama campaigned for office on an explicit promise to rein in
these abuses. “There is no reason we cannot fight terrorism while
maintaining our civil liberties,” his campaign wrote in a 2008 position
paper. “As president, Barack Obama would revisit the Patriot Act to
ensure that there is real and robust oversight of tools like National
Security Letters, sneak-and-peek searches, and the use of the material
witness provision.”
Where is the “robust oversight” that voters were promised? Earlier this
year, the administration successfully pushed for crucial provisions of
the Patriot Act to be renewed for another year without changing a word.
Voters had every right to expect the president would roll back
authority that had been clearly abused, like national security letters.
But instead of implementing reasonable civil liberties protections,
like taking requests for e-mail surveillance before a judge, the
administration is proposing changes to the law that would allow huge
numbers of new electronic communications to be examined with no
judicial oversight.
Democrats in Congress can remind Mr. Obama of his campaign promises by
refusing this request.
Pentagon scrambles to assess Wikileaks damage
YAHOO
By ANNE FLAHERTY, Associated Press Writer
26 July 2010
WASHINGTON – The Pentagon said Monday it was trying to assess the
damage caused by the leak of some 91,000 classified documents on the
Afghanistan war.
The documents are described as battlefield reports compiled by various
military units that provide an unvarnished look at combat in the past
six years, including U.S. frustration over reports Pakistan secretly
aided insurgents and civilian casualties at the hand of U.S. troops.
Wikileaks.org, a self-described whistleblower organization, posted
76,000 of the reports to its website Sunday night. The group said it is
vetting another 15,000 documents for future release.
Col. Dave Lapan, a Defense Department spokesman, said the military
would probably need "days, if not weeks" to review all the documents
and determine "the potential damage to the lives of our service members
and coalition partners."
The White House says it didn't try to stop news organizations who had
access to secret U.S. military documents from publishing reports about
the leaks. However, White House spokesman Robert Gibbs said it did ask
Wikileaks — through reporters who were given advanced copies of the
documents — to redact information in the documents that could harm U.S.
military personnel.
It was not clear whether Wikileaks decision to withhold 15,000 of its
files was related.
The Pentagon declined to respond to specifics detailed in the
documents, including reports of the Taliban's use of heat-seeking
anti-aircraft missiles.
"Just because they are posted on the Internet, doesn't make them
unclassified," Lapan said.
The Pentagon says it is still investigating the source of the
documents. The military has detained Bradley Manning, a former Army
intelligence analyst in Baghdad, for allegedly transmitting classified
information. But the latest documents could have come from anyone with
a secret-level clearance, Lapan said.
WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange promised on Monday that the release of
documents — one of the largest unauthorized disclosures in military
history — was just the beginning.
Assange told reporters in London that he believed that "thousands" of
U.S. attacks in Afghanistan could be investigated for evidence of war
crimes, although he acknowledged that such claims would have to be
tested in court.
Assange pointed in particular to a deadly missile strike ordered by
Taskforce 373, a unit allegedly charged with hunting down and killing
senior Taliban targets. He said there was also evidence of cover-ups
when civilians were killed, including what he called a suspiciously
high number of casualties that U.S. forces attributed to ricochet
wounds.
The Defense Department declined to respond to specifics contained in
the documents, citing security reasons.
But Lapan said that coalition forces have made great strides in
reducing the number of civilian deaths in Afghanistan.
White House national security adviser Gen. Jim Jones said the release
of the documents "put the lives of Americans and our partners at risk,"
while Pakistan dismissed the documents as malicious and unsubstantiated.
Pakistan Ambassador Husain Haqqani said the documents "do not reflect
the current on-ground realities." Islamabad's ministry of foreign
affairs issued a similar statement, defending Pakistan's intelligence
agency, the ISI, against allegations it has supported insurgent
networks.
"The people of Pakistan and its security forces, including the ISI,
have rendered enormous sacrifices against militancy and terrorism," the
ministry wrote.
NATO refused to comment on the leak, but individual nations said they
hoped it wouldn't harm current operations in Afghanistan.
British Foreign Secretary William Hague said there has been significant
progress recently in building up the Afghan state "so I hope any such
leaks will not poison that atmosphere."
German Foreign Minister Guido Westerwelle warned about possible
"backlashes" and urged all sides in Afghanistan to work toward national
reconciliation.
Rep. Ike Skelton, chairman of the House Armed Services Committee, said
the documents reflect his view that U.S. war strategy was adrift last
year, before President Barack Obama's decision to retool the war plan
and add tens of thousands of U.S. forces.
Skelton, D-Mo., warned Monday that the documents are outdated and
"should not be used as a measure of success or a determining factor in
our continued mission there."
U.S. government agencies have been bracing for the deluge of classified
documents since the leak of helicopter cockpit video of a 2007 fire
fight in Baghdad. That was blamed on Manning, the 22-year-old Army
intelligence analyst who was charged with releasing classified
information earlier this month.
Manning had bragged online that he downloaded 260,000 classified U.S.
cables and transmitted them to Wikileaks.org.
Assange on Monday compared the impact of the released material to the
opening of East Germany's secret police files. "This is the equivalent
of opening the Stasi archives," he said.
He also said his group had many more documents on other subjects,
including files on countries from across the globe.
"We have built up an enormous backlog of whistleblower disclosures," he
said.
Assange said he believed more whistle-blowing material will flood in
after the publicity about the Afghan files.
"It is our experience that courage is contagious," he said.

"I'm shocked, shocked, to hear that gambling is going on in this
establishment...Excuse me sir, here are your winnings" Casablanca
The fix was in
NYPOST
By JONATHAN STRONG
Last Updated: 5:08 AM, July 25, 2010
Posted: 12:33 AM, July 25, 2010
In 2007, when Washington Post blogger Ezra Klein founded JournoList, an
online gathering place for several hundred liberal journalists,
academics and political activists, he imagined a discussion group that
would connect young writers to top sources.
But in the heat of a bitter presidential campaign in 2008, the list’s
discussions veered into collusion and coordination at key political
moments, documents revealed this week by The Daily Caller show.
In a key episode, JournoList members openly plotted to bury attention
on then-candidate Barack Obama’s controversial pastor, the Rev.
Jeremiah Wright. The Washington Independent’s Spencer Ackerman, for
instance, suggested an effective tactic to distract from the issue
would be to pick one of Obama’s critics, “Fred Barnes, Karl Rove, who
cares — and call them racists.”
Conservative critics of Washington’s journalistic establishment have
long charged the media with a striking liberal bias. But those critics
have also said the problem was mostly unintentional, the result of a
press corps made up mostly of Democratic-leaning scribes.
Yet JournoList’s discussions show an influential left-wing faction of
the media participating in a far more intentional sort of liberal bias.
JournoList’s members included dozens of straight-news reporters from
major news organizations, including Time, Newsweek, The Associated
Press, Reuters, The Washington Post, The New York Times, Politico,
Bloomberg, Huffington Post, PBS and a large NPR affiliate in California.
Also included were numerous A-list columnists and top editors. Beyond
the higher-ranking members were hundreds of lesser figures, many from
Washington’s liberal magazines that have long served as a stable of
talent from which mainstream media organizations grab talented young
writers.
In the case of the Rev. Wright story, Obama was then being hurt
politically for his decades-long association with the toxic pastor, who
infamously called the Sept. 11 attacks America’s “chickens coming home
to roost” and urged God to “damn” America rather than bless her.
Chris Hayes, a top editor for the liberal magazine The Nation, urged
his colleagues in April 2008 to avoid the subject of Wright because
talking about it at all would hurt Obama. Hayes directed his message
specifically to the straight-news reporters reading his post, saying:
“Our country disappears people. It tortures people. It has the blood of
as many as one million Iraqi civilians — men, women, children, the
infirmed — on its hands. You’ll forgive me if I just can’t quite dredge
up the requisite amount of outrage over Barack Obama’s pastor.”
On the day Sen. John McCain picked Sarah Palin to be his running mate,
JournoList members instantly mobilized to identify the most effective
attack line against her.
“The criticism of her really, really needs to be ideological, not just
about experience. If we concede she’s a ‘maverick,’ we will have done
John McCain an enormous service,” said blogger Ed Kilgore.
Defenders of JournoList have pointed out that many of the most
incendiary comments come from liberal opinion writers. They argue that
those writers aren’t purporting to be neutral or objective, but are
rather open about their opinions.
Of course, the defense does not absolve the dozens of straight-news
reporters on the List. And it also ignores a key tenant of journalism:
independence.
The public trusts journalists, even those writing “analysis,” to say
what they believe, not what they believe needs to be said to help their
political “team” or “side.” Michael Tomasky, a liberal columnist for
The Guardian, recalled on JournoList how as an editor for a liberal
magazine he would “correct interns, and not always politely, when they
used ‘we’ to speak of Democrats.” The reason, he explained in an
interview, is that journalists “need to retain enough independence to
criticize when criticism is called for.”
How, then, to explain this quote regarding a possible, but disingenuous
attack line against Sarah Palin: “If we were the GOP, we’d be taking
this opportunity to shout long and loud how unprepared Palin is — ‘She
doesn’t even know what Fannie and Freddie are . . . in the middle of a
housing crisis!’ . . . That’s the difference in the game as played by
us and by them.”
That JournoList sentiment came from Ryan Avent, then a blogger for the
nonpartisan Economist magazine, now an editor there.
The Atlantic’s Jeffrey Goldberg reports that the members of JournoList,
which Ezra Klein disbanded weeks ago, have since reunited in a new
online forum and are coordinating their responses to The Daily Caller’s
stories.
Led by blogger Matt Yglesias, their attacks have focused on questioning
the context of the e-mails — an oft-used refuge for those caught saying
embarrassing things.
How much context does one need, though, to understand “Call them
racists”? And as the villain in a Clint Eastwood movie famously put it,
who’s “we,” sucker?
Jonathan Strong is a writer for The
Daily Caller.
Excerpts from JournoList;
ON OBAMA
When Obama won, reporter Alyssa Rosenberg of Government Executive
magazine ditched her neutrality. “A lot of horribly ugly stuff got
repudiated tonight. But it doesn’t end here. We need to keep making the
case to the folks who disagreed with us.”
ON RUSH LIMBAUGH
Asked how she would react if Rush Limbaugh were having a heart attack
right in front of her, Sarah Spitz, a producer for Southern California
NPR affiliate KCRW, said she would “laugh loudly like a maniac and
watch his eyes bug out.”
ON SARAH PALIN
“Okay, let’s get deadly serious, folks,” Ed Kilgore, managing editor of
the Democratic Strategist, wrote. “Sarah Palin’s just been introduced
to the country as a brave, above-party, oil-company-bashing,
pork-hating maverick ‘outsider.’ What we can do is to expose her
ideology.”
ON THE REV. JEREMIAH WRIGHT
“Whether we are defending Wright or repudiating him, we are talking
about what liberalism’s enemies want us to be talking about,” David
Roberts of Grist magazine said. “The problem is that none of us are
thinking about how to take control of the discussion.”

Air-Kisses and
Sniping? That’s Politics on the Real Housewives of D.C.
By SHERYL GAY STOLBERG, NYTIMES
June 18, 2010
WASHINGTON
NEIGHBORS in the sleepy Washington suburb of North Chevy Chase, Md.,
were all aflutter when a pair of glamorous Britons — Catherine
Ommanney, a willowy blond interior designer, and her new husband,
Charles, a hotshot photojournalist — moved in two years ago.
Charles Ommanney, rakish and cosmopolitan with a thick mop of curls,
had chronicled the presidency of George W. Bush and the rise of a
little-known Illinois senator named Barack Obama for Newsweek. His
wife, nicknamed Cat, made a splash in the London tabloids when, between
marriages, she confessed to a “long and lovely” kiss with Prince Harry
after a lively night on the town.
“Mummy kissed the prince,” her young daughters, Jade and Ruby, reported
to classmates at the local elementary school.
Now Mummy and Charles are splitsville, as they say in showbiz, and soon
more than the neighbors may be clucking about them. Bravo, the
entertainment company, announced last week that Mrs. Ommanney is one of
five Washington-area women who star in its latest foray into the
truth-is-stranger-than-fiction realm of American domesticity: “The Real
Housewives of Washington D.C.”
The show, much-anticipated here, has its debut Aug. 5 — and yes, it
will include the publicity-hungry Salahis, Michaele and Tareq, who made
headlines and landed themselves in the thick of a criminal
investigation in November when they crashed the social event of the
season, the Obamas’ first state dinner.
But viewers expecting a glimpse of the inner lives of the politicians
and power brokers who actually run this town may be in for a
disappointment.
Washington is, after all, a place where success depends on a certain
level of discretion. And as everyone knows, discretion and reality
television do not mix.
“We never envisioned that Nancy Pelosi would be a real housewife of
D.C.,” said Abby Greensfelder, whose company, Half Yard Productions,
created the show for Bravo. “We didn’t do any traditional casting. It
was all talking to people who knew people who knew people. That’s the
way in which D.C. works. It’s a town that’s all about the proximity to
power, and it operates in these concentric circles, around the White
House.”
It is on the outer rings of these concentric circles that the D.C.
housewives exist, and they have spawned a kind of self-examination here
about just what “real” Washington is.
Aside from the irreverent Cat Ommanney and the social-climbing Michaele
Salahi, the cast includes Mary Amons, a granddaughter of the television
personality Arthur Godfrey, who lives with her husband and five
children in the same McLean, Va., neighborhood as Dick Cheney; Lynda
Erkiletian, a divorced mother of four who founded a local modeling
agency and dates a much younger man; and Stacie Turner, the cast’s only
black woman, who grew up in foster care, has a Harvard M.B.A., runs a
successful real estate business and seems to have the most
down-to-earth family of the bunch.
IF the first episode (Bravo provided a sneak peek last week) is any
guide, the show reveals a none-too-flattering side of life in a city
where connections are the local currency, and what you know is
sometimes less important than whom. It is rife with the kind of
air-kissing and sniping “Housewives” aficionados expect; at one point,
Lynda derides a polo match hosted by the Salahis as a “little goat
rodeo,” and accuses Michaele of being dangerously skinny. It is all
played out against the backdrop of what Ms. Greensfelder calls “the
wallpaper of Washington”: politics.
In a nod to race relations in the age of Obama, a slightly tipsy Mary
babbles during a dinner party that “salons need to integrate,”
provoking arched eyebrows from Stacie, seated next to the prominent
black hair stylist Ted Gibson. Michele S. Jones, the Pentagon’s liaison
to the White House, turns up at the polo match; as Salahi watchers
know, the couple tried to use her to snag an invitation to the state
dinner.
Name-dropping abounds. Vice President Joseph R. Biden Jr. makes a
cameo, when Charles Ommanney texts his wife a cellphone image of him
wearing sunglasses and kicking back in his limousine. Cat Ommanney
moans about the Obamas’ failure to reply to her wedding invitation, and
provokes an uproar by calling George W. Bush a gentleman.
There are no congressmen or high-flying campaign consultants to be
seen, but a health care lobbyist and self-styled Republican strategist,
Edwina Rogers, does wander in, wearing too much red lipstick and a
garish feathered hat. Mrs. Rogers, whose husband, Ed, worked for the
first President Bush, created a ripple here when she turned up on
YouTube wrapping presents with sheets of uncut dollar bills from the
gift shop of the United States Bureau of Engraving and Printing.
It’s enough to make the capital’s official arbiters of good taste turn
up their collective noses and sniff. After all, this is Washington, not
Orange County or New Jersey.
“People in Washington don’t want to call attention to themselves —
attention creates envy and envy creates enemies,” said Lea Berman, a
former White House social secretary. “Washington is so different from
any of the places where they have these shows. They’re all in places
where being famous for being famous is enough. There’s no achievement
behind it, and Washington is an achievement-oriented town.”
Others, like Michelle Delino, the cast member Lynda Erkiletian’s good
friend, are trying to sound optimistic.
“I do think we’re going to have a classier set of ladies, with one
exception,” she said, in an obvious reference to the Salahis, “who will
elevate the show and bring it to a higher standard, because it’s pretty
low, when you see what New Jersey was all about.”
Washington is a transient city, and those who grew up here wear their
native status as a badge of honor. Ms. Greensfelder is among them. She
says she has long believed “D.C. has an interesting story to tell,” and
pitched a show to Bravo several years ago. The company wasn’t
interested.
That changed with the election of Mr. Obama. So in early 2009, Ms.
Greensfelder began tapping into her own connections. She didn’t have to
look far; her husband, Franklin Foer, is the editor of The New
Republic. Her goal, she said, was to “represent an authentic view of
Washington in the context of the ‘Real Housewives’ franchise.”
It wasn’t easy. Juleanna Glover, a Republican lobbyist and social
hostess, let a Bravo crew film one of her parties, but drew the line
there. “There’s only a small portion of my life that I can share
outside password-protected e-mail communications,” Ms. Glover explained.
The flap over the Salahis, which took place near the end of production,
complicated matters. Suddenly, Bravo had evidence that could be
relevant to a criminal investigation. Ms. Greensfelder and Andy Cohen,
a senior vice president at Bravo, declined to say whether they turned
over any videotape. But they say they have “cooperated fully” with
authorities. Mr. Cohen, who refers to the party crashing as “that
incident in November,” said Bravo actually contemplated killing the
show.
“It was either going to be, we kill the show altogether or we do it
with Michaele,” Mr. Cohen said. “Her story from the beginning is so
intertwined with the other five that it would not have been possible to
cut her.”
And the escapade brought Bravo the kind of hype money can’t buy. As
Sally Quinn, the grande dame of Washington’s politico-journo elite,
said, “I think it would have died without the Salahis.”
Much has changed since the heady days of the Obama inaugural, when the
country was aglow with good feelings for the new president, and some
here wonder whether reality television can rekindle the romance. Tammy
Haddad, a media consultant and veteran network producer here, sounded
doubtful.
“In a year where the country has turned against Washington,” she said,
“it seems a big stretch to believe that even the successful Bravo could
get America to embrace it.”
Much has changed for some cast members as well. Life on camera can be
tough on a marriage, and the word here is it may have been too tough on
the Ommanneys. The pretty yellow clapboard house they rented, where
crews filmed Cat and her daughters frolicking in the yard, is empty,
its shades drawn tight. The girls have been shipped back to England to
live with their father.
Ms. Greensfelder says viewers won’t see much of the breakup; things
apparently fell apart after taping ended. Fodder, perhaps, for next
season.



Not
yet a year and a half on in his first term, President going grey (oil spill)? "Barrack"
center; undergrad Obama.
US President Barack Obama has
postponed his visit to Australia twice...
Australia parliament gift shop withdraws
'Barrack' mug
Page last updated at 08:58 GMT,
Tuesday, 8 June 2010 09:58 UK
A
gift shop at Australia's Parliament House has withdrawn 200 mugs
intended to mark US President Barack Obama's visit because of a
spelling glitch.
The A$10 ($8.2, £5.6) mugs welcomed "Barrack Obama" - a
mistake attributed to an official who ordered them.
Two were sold before the error was spotted but the rest have
since been scrapped.
They would not have been needed anyway - Mr Obama has
cancelled his visit to deal with the Gulf of Mexico oil spill.
It is the second time the US president has delayed a planned
trip to Australia.
He cancelled one earlier this year to focus on his healthcare
reform bill.
The black and white mugs featured a smiling picture of Mr
Obama beneath his misspelt name in large, bold type.
Parliamentary services secretary Alan Thompson told AFP news
agency that his staff had learned a "valuable lesson".
If Mr Obama scheduled a fresh visit, new mugs would be
ordered with more attention to detail, he said.
"It did seem a good idea at the time and I think it would have
made an excellent keepsake had he arrived and had the spelling been
correct," he said.
Another 'job offer'
By KIRSTEN POWERS
NYPOST
Last Updated: 4:37 AM, June 4, 2010
Posted: 11:53 PM, June 3, 2010
After first stonewalling, the White House yester day confirmed that it
tried to lure Andrew Romanoff out of the Colorado Senate primary with
an administration job, to help its preferred candidate, incumbent Sen.
Michael Bennet.
Sound familiar?
The Denver Post ran a story on the rumored job offer last September --
but White House spokesman Adam Abrams said then, "Romanoff was never
offered a position within the administration."
Under the Bill Clinton standard, that's true: There was no formal
"offer." But Deputy Chief of Staff Jim Messina's e-mail outlined in
great specificity three government jobs that happened to be open,
should Romanoff (who'd previously been denied an administration job)
decide not to run.
The White House's reasoning is migraine-inducing: It insists it didn't
offer a job -- but also that the president has an interest in
influencing party primaries. But if the president wasn't offering a
job, then what was he doing to prevent a primary contest?
He was offering a job. Stop insulting our intelligence.
But that's not the worst. To justify the presidential interest in
influencing party primaries, Press Secretary Robert Gibbs yesterday
noted, "We went through a contested primary, and they aren't fun
things." Huh?
By that logic, Obama should have been pushed out of the 2008 primaries
to avoid a contentious fight and give the establishment candidate,
Hillary Clinton, a walk to the nomination. At the outset, she was by
far the favored candidate. Does the White House not see the irony
in trying to entice two insurgents (Romanoff and Pennsylvania's Joe
Sestak) out of challenging the establishment choice?
Many Beltway talkers are claiming that the president actually has the
"right," as head of the party, to clear the field in primaries. Sorry,
the only people with the right to choose a nominee are primary voters.
We live in the United States, not some Middle Eastern dictatorship (or,
apparently, Chicago).
When I voted for Obama, I voted for him to be president, not for him to
use government jobs or perks to drive out qualified challengers in
Democratic primaries.
It's maddening to hear the claim that a president has a "right" to use
taxpayer-funded jobs (or even an advisory-board post) to consolidate
his political power. One of the most frustrating problems in American
politics is the power of incumbency, which leaves our government a
sewer of career politicians who are nearly impossible to depose once
they get elected.
What the president has a "right" to do is to use his own time to help a
candidate raise money or campaign. He has no right whatsoever to dole
out to his cronies jobs that American taxpayers expect to be filled
with qualified candidates.
Then there's the blather that voters don't care about this stuff or
actually expect the president to behave this way.
Wrong again. In the last year, we've seen revolts against backroom
deals over health reform (anger that may have been the final straw in
electing Sen. Scott Brown). Here in New York, Democrats revolted when
the White House tried to pressure Gov. Paterson from running to keep
his job. Yes, Paterson later dropped out on his own -- but the Marist
poll found 62 percent of voters and 51 percent of Democrats saying the
administration should butt out.
Indeed, the recent revelations raise the question of just what offers
the White House made to clear the way for Andrew Cuomo -- and for Sen.
Kirsten Gillibrand.
Here's an idea for the Obama White House: Stop meddling. You do your
job, and let the American voters do theirs. kirstenpowers@aol.com
Disgracing
America
The president
has made foreign-policy blunders before, but this week marked a new low.
Pres. Barack Obama, who got his start in politics in the living room of
domestic terrorists Bill Ayers and Bernadine Dohrn and spent his first
year in office apologizing for American history, has now decisively
tipped U.S. foreign policy toward America’s enemies. Events of the past
week have left no doubt.
There is a pattern. President “Let No Crisis Be Wasted” Obama twists
events to justify his radical agenda. A financial crisis becomes the
excuse for a massive health-care entitlement. An oil spill is exploited
to push an unpopular energy tax. And a jihadist publicity stunt — the
Gaza flotilla — becomes the occasion to throw Israel to the wolves.
One mentions Ayers and Dohrn not to dwell on the past but because —
hello! — the pair has been involved with the Free Gaza movement, one of
the organizers of the so-called Freedom Flotilla. Venezuela’s Hugo
Chávez has announced that he too would like to participate in
the next running of the blockade — and why not? President Obama has
blessed the project.
By 1) declaring through Secretary of State Clinton that the blockade of
Gaza is “unsustainable and unacceptable”; 2) joining the U.N. Security
Council in “condemn[ing] those acts which resulted in the loss of at
least ten civilians and many wounded”; and 3) having a White House
official tell the Washington Post that there is now a “general sense in
the administration that it’s time to change our Gaza policy,” the Obama
administration has handed the terrorists a victory.
To review: In 2005, Israel unilaterally withdrew from Gaza, forcibly
uprooting 8,500 Jewish settlers and evacuating all soldiers. The
Palestinians were left free to form their own government and run their
own affairs. Much of value was left behind. MSNBC reported at the time
that “American Jewish donors . . . bought more than 3,000 greenhouses
from Israeli settlers in Gaza for $14 million last month and
transferred them to the Palestinian Authority. Former World Bank
President James Wolfensohn, who brokered the deal, put up $500,000 of
his own cash.”
But the day after Israeli troops departed, the greenhouses were looted.
MSNBC reported: “Palestinian police stood by helplessly Tuesday as
looters carted off materials from greenhouses in several settlements,
and commanders complained they did not have enough manpower to protect
the prized assets. In some instances, there was no security and in
others, police even joined the looters, witnesses said.”
In 2007, Hamas, the Iranian-backed, Islamist terror group, staged a
coup and gained control of Gaza. Too busy to tend greenhouses, they
occupied themselves raining 10,000 missiles on Israeli cities and
sending kidnappers and suicide bombers across the border.
Israel imposed a blockade to prevent Hamas from receiving weapons or
the materials from which to make weapons. Egypt too blockades Gaza.
Food, medicine, and other humanitarian relief flow to the inhabitants
on a daily basis through Israel. There is no humanitarian crisis in
Gaza. As the Washington Post, reports “Gazans readily admit that they
are not going hungry . . . [but they] used to be earning $100 per day,
smoking Marlboros and going to Egypt every two months on vacation.”
Hamas’s charter calls for Israel’s destruction, and for the murder of
all Jews “no matter how long that should take.” By focusing on the
blockade — as the jihadis and blockade-runners would wish — instead of
on Israel’s justified self-defense, the administration has undermined
our own arguments for defeating terrorists.
The administration let it be known that it had “warned” Israel to “use
restraint” against the Gaza convoy. There was no corresponding warning
to Turkey about supporting and supplying the illegal flotilla. Come to
think of it, where was the U.S. warning to Turkey or Brazil for linking
arms with Mahmoud Ahmadinejad last month and easing Iran’s path to a
nuclear bomb?
The depths of President Obama’s radicalism were evident a year ago,
when he sided with Hugo Chávez and the Castro brothers against
the people of Honduras as Chávez wannabe Manuel Zelaya attempted
to seize power in violation of the country’s constitution. For an
American leader to side openly with leftist thugs was shocking.
And when President Obama lost his voice as thousands of brave Iranians
braved clubs and bullets to demand their freedom, his values were
suspect.
But this week is a new low. Under President Obama’s leadership, the
United States has capitulated to terror tactics and to the despicable
temptation to blame Israel. America has always been the one country in
the world that reliably countered the bullying and the grotesque double
standards much of the world applies to Israel. Obama has now joined the
jackals. What a disgrace.

Gangster
Government Becomes a Long-Running Series
First
the Chrysler bailout, now the Dodd bill and the SEC’s complaint against
Goldman Sachs.
Michael
Barone, National Review Online
April 22, 2010 12:00
A.M.
Almost a year ago, in a Washington Examiner column on the Chrysler
bailout, I reflected on the Obama administration’s decision to force
bondholders to accept 33 cents on the dollar on secured debts while
giving United Auto Workers retirees 50 cents on the dollar on unsecured
debts.
This was a clear violation of the
ordinary bankruptcy rule that secured creditors are fully paid off
before unsecured creditors get anything. The politically connected UAW
folk got preference over politically unconnected bondholders. “We have
just seen an episode of Gangster Government,” I wrote. “It is likely to
be a continuing series.”
Fast forward to last Friday, when
the Securities and Exchange Commission filed a complaint against
Goldman Sachs, alleging that the firm violated the law when it sold a
collateralized debt obligation based on mortgage-backed securities
without disclosing that the CDO was assembled with the help of
hedge-fund investor John Paulson.
On its face, the complaint seems
flimsy. Paulson has since become famous because his firm made billions
by betting against mortgage-backed securities. But he wasn’t a big name
then, and the sophisticated firm buying the CDO must have assumed the
seller believed its value would go down.
That’s not the only fishy thing
about the complaint. Yesterday came the news — undisclosed by the SEC
Friday — that the commissioners approved the complaint by a 3–2
party-line vote. Ordinarily, the SEC issues such complaints only when
the commissioners unanimously approve.
Fishy thing Number Three: Democrats
immediately used the complaint to jam Sen. Christopher Dodd’s financial
regulation through the Senate.
You may want to believe the denials
that the Democratic commissioners timed the action in coordination with
the administration or congressional leaders. But then you may want to
believe there was no political favoritism in the Chrysler deal, too.
The SEC complaint looks a lot like Gangster Government to me.
The Dodd bill, however, has it
trumped. Its provisions promise to give us one episode of Gangster
Government after another.
At the top of the list is the $50
billion fund that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation could use
to pay off creditors of firms identified as systemically risky — i.e.,
“too big to fail.”
“The Dodd bill,” writes Rep. Brad
Sherman (D., Calif.), “has unlimited executive bailout authority.
That’s something Wall Street desperately wants but doesn’t dare ask
for.”
Politically connected creditors
would have every reason to assume they’d get favorable treatment. The
Dodd bill specifically authorizes the FDIC to treat “creditors
similarly situated” differently.
Second, as former Bush
administration economist Larry Lindsey points out, the Dodd bill gives
the Treasury and the FDIC authority to grant an unlimited number of
loan guarantees to “too big to fail” firms. CEOs might want to have
receipts for their contributions to Sen. Charles Schumer and the Obama
campaign in hand when they apply.
Lindsey ticks off other special
favors. “Labor gets ‘proxy access’ to bring its agenda items before
shareholders as well as annual ‘say on pay’ for executives. Consumer
activists get a brand-new agency funded directly out of the seniorage
the Fed earns. No oversight by the Federal Reserve Board or by Congress
on how the money is spent.”
Then there are carve-out provisions
provided for particular interests. “Obtaining a carve-out isn’t rocket
science,” one Republican K Street lobbyist told the Huffington Post.
“Just give Chairman Dodd and Chuck Schumer a s—-load of money.”
The Obama Democrats portray the Dodd
bill as a brave attempt to clamp tougher regulation on Wall Street.
They know that polls show voters strongly reject just about all their
programs to expand the size and scope of government, with the
conspicuous exception of financial regulation.
Republicans have been accurately
attacking the Dodd bill for authorizing bailouts of big Wall Street
firms and giving them unfair advantages over small competitors. They
might want to add that it authorizes Gangster Government — the
channeling of vast sums from the politically unprotected to the
politically connected.
That can boomerang even against the
latter. Goldman Sachs employees gave nearly $1 million to the Obama
campaign and $4.5 million to Democrats in 2008. That didn’t prevent
Goldman from being shoved under the SEC bus.
Gangster Government may look good to
those currently in favor, but as some of Al Capone’s confederates found
out, that status is not permanent, and there is always more room under
the bus.
All the President's Goldman men
New York Post
By MICHELLE MALKIN
Last Updated: 1:34 AM, April 21, 2010
Posted: 1:16 AM, April 21, 2010
While President Obama assails the culture of greed and recklessness
practiced by the men of Goldman Sachs, his administration is infested
with them. The White House can no more disown Government Sachs than
Obama can disown Chicago politics.
Obama is headed to Wall Street tomorrow to demand "financial regulatory
reform" -- just as the US Securities and Exchange Commission has filed
civil suit against Goldman Sachs for mortgage-related fraud.
Question the timing? Darn tootin'.
As the New York Post reported Tuesday, the Democratic National
Committee immediately bought sponsored Internet ads on Google that
direct Web surfers who type in "Goldman Sachs SEC" to Obama's
fund-raising site.
"It's time to hold the big banks accountable," the DNC message bellows.
Democrats are silent on the $994,795 in Goldman Sachs campaign cash
that Obama bagged in the 2008 presidential race. The class-warfare Dems
are also mum on all the president's Goldman men sitting in the
catbird's seat:
* Goldman Sachs partner Gary Gensler is Obama's Commodity Futures
Trading Commission head. He was confirmed despite heated congressional
grilling over his role, as Reuters described it, "as a high-level
Treasury official in a 2000 law that exempted the $58 trillion credit
default swap market from oversight. The financial instruments have been
blamed for amplifying global financial turmoil."
Gensler said he was sorry -- hey, it worked for tax cheat Treasury
Secretary Tim Geithner -- and was quickly installed to guard the
henhouse.
* Goldman kept White House Chief of Staff Rahm Emanuel on a $3,000
monthly retainer while he worked as presidential candidate Bill
Clinton's chief fund-raiser, as first reported by Washington Examiner
columnist Tim Carney. The financial titans threw in another $50,000 to
become the Clinton primary campaign's top funder.
Emanuel received nearly $80,000 in campaign contributions from Goldman
during his four terms in Congress -- investments that have reaped
untold rewards, as Emanuel assumed a leading role championing the
trillion-dollar TARP banking bailout law.
* Former Goldman lobbyist Mark Patterson serves under Geithner as his
top deputy and overseer of TARP bailout -- $10 billion of which went to
Goldman Sachs.
Paul Blumenthal of the Sunlight Foundation, a Washington-based think
tank devoted to transparency in government, noted that, while Patterson
agreed to recuse himself on any Goldman Sachs-related issues or related
policy concerns, it "still creates a serious conflict for Geithner, as
Treasury is being partly managed by a former Goldman lobbyist. Geithner
is also placed in a tough position considering that his chief of staff
is limited in the areas in which he can work (supposedly)."
* National Economic Council head Larry Summers reaped nearly $2.8
million in speaking fees from many of the major financial institutions
and government bailout recipients he now polices, including JP Morgan
Chase, Citigroup, Lehman Bros. and Goldman. A single speech to Goldman
in April 2008 brought in $135,000.
Summers has prior experience negotiating government-sponsored bailouts
that benefit private concerns. In 1995, he spearheaded a $40 billion
Mexican peso bailout that bypassed Congress.
Summers personally leaned on the International Monetary Fund to provide
nearly $18 billion for the package. Summers' boss, then Secretary of
the Treasury Robert Rubin, was former co-chairman of Goldman -- the
Mexican government's investment banking firm of choice.
Rubin continues to mentor another of his former employees with regular
visits and chats -- Treasury Secretary Geithner, who was head of the
New York Federal Reserve in 2008 when it ordered bailed-out AIG not to
disclose its sweetheart payments to big banks including, you guessed
it, Goldman Sachs.
As Obama harangues Wall Street to clean up its house, all the
president's Goldman Sachs men have their feet on the coffee table at
his.
FACT CHECK: Obama skips fine print in nuke speech
YAHOO
By ANNE GEARAN, AP National Security Writer
13 April 2010
WASHINGTON – President Barack Obama laid out a nightmare scenario on
Tuesday — a terrorist with atomic bomb materials no bigger than an
apple who could launch an attack killing hundreds of thousands of
people.
In doing so, Obama skimped on details that make that kind of attack a
more remote danger than he implied in his brief opening remarks to more
than 40 world leaders, even as he got the broad picture right. The
gathering, called by Obama, was intended to focus global attention on
the problem of nuclear materials that could fall into the wrong hands.
Here's a look at the facts behind Obama's outline of the threat from
nuclear terrorism:
OBAMA: Said in comparing today's threat to that during the Cold War:
"The risk of a nuclear confrontation between nations has gone down, but
the risk of nuclear attack has gone up."
THE FACTS: Yes, the bleak Cold War vision of mutual annihilation is all
but gone now, and in its place is a new kind of risk. But linking the
two, as he did, implies that the outcome from both scenarios is
comparable.
He is correct that the numerical risk of an attack is higher now simply
because there is so much material stockpiled and so many ways it could
be misused. Yet the consequences are more limited now than from a
nuclear exchange between superpowers with thousands of warheads each.
The more likely scenario now is a limited attack confined to one city
rather than global nuclear winter.
OBAMA: Said nuclear materials that could be stolen or sold for use as a
weapon exist in dozens of nations.
THE FACTS: Correct. Arms control experts count roughly 40 nations with
either weapons stocks or other nuclear facilities or material that
could be misused. In most cases, however, the material or facilities
are under what those nations claim is sufficient control.
OBAMA: "Just the smallest amount of plutonium — about the size of an
apple — could kill and injure hundreds of thousands of innocent people."
THE FACTS: The apple might be a nice visual, but perhaps a little
misleading.
Brookings Institution arms control expert Steven Pifer, largely
agreeing with Obama, has one quibble: He says such a package would be
closer to the size of a grapefruit.
More broadly, it is true that highly trained scientists and engineers
with specialized equipment could fashion a small bomb that, as Obama
said, could kill hundreds of thousands. But the facilities and
technique needed to do so are presumed to be beyond the current reach
of most terrorist groups or militant movements.
The scenario of a miniature but extraordinarily lethal bomb is hardly
impossible, nonproliferation experts say, but probably represents less
of a risk than a terrorist group getting hold of 50-80 pounds of
enriched uranium and fashioning a crude device that would be larger and
harder to conceal. Such a crude device might, however, be just as
deadly.
OBAMA: "Terrorist networks such as al-Qaida have tried to acquire the
material for a nuclear weapon, and if they ever succeeded, they would
surely use it."
THE FACTS: Al-Qaida's desire for at least crude nuclear capability is
taken as a given, although Obama and other U.S. officials have not
spelled out exactly how the terrorist network has pursued atomic
weapons so far.
Since a Senate super-majority wasn't
enough to get his way for the first year...
Obama Making Plans to Use Executive Power
NYTIMES
By PETER BAKER
February
13, 2010
WASHINGTON — With much of his legislative agenda stalled in Congress,
President Obama and his team are preparing an array of actions using
his executive power to advance energy, environmental, fiscal and other
domestic policy priorities.
Mr. Obama has not given up hope of progress on Capitol Hill, aides
said, and has scheduled a session with Republican leaders on health
care later this month. But in the aftermath of a special election in
Massachusetts that cost Democrats unilateral control of the Senate, the
White House is getting ready to act on its own in the face of partisan
gridlock heading into the midterm campaign.
“We are reviewing a list of presidential executive orders and
directives to get the job done across a front of issues,” said Rahm
Emanuel, the White House chief of staff...more here.
Any president has vast authority to influence policy even without
legislation, through executive orders, agency rule-making and
administrative fiat. And Mr. Obama’s success this week in pressuring
the Senate to confirm 27 nominations by threatening to use his recess
appointment power demonstrated that executive authority can also be
leveraged to force action by Congress.
Mr. Obama has already decided to create a bipartisan budget commission
under his own authority after Congress refused to do so. His
administration has signaled that it plans to use its discretion to
soften enforcement of the ban on openly gay men and lesbians serving in
the military, even as Congress considers repealing the law. And the
Environmental Protection Agency is moving forward with possible
regulations on heat-trapping gases blamed for climate change, while a
bill to cap such emissions languishes in the Senate.
In an effort to demonstrate forward momentum, the White House is also
drawing more attention to the sorts of actions taken regularly by
cabinet departments without much fanfare. The White House heavily
promoted an export initiative announced by Commerce Secretary Gary
Locke last week and nearly $1 billion in health care technology grants
announced on Friday by Kathleen Sebelius, the health and human services
secretary, and Hilda L. Solis, the labor secretary.
White House officials said the increased focus on executive authority
reflected a natural evolution from the first year to the second year of
any presidency.
“The challenges we had to address in 2009 ensured that the center of
action would be in Congress,” said Dan Pfeiffer, the White House
communications director. “In 2010, executive actions will also play a
key role in advancing the agenda.”
The use of executive authority during times of legislative inertia is
hardly new; former Presidents Bill Clinton and George W. Bush turned to
such powers at various moments in their presidencies, and Mr. Emanuel
was in the thick of carrying out the strategy during his days as a top
official in the Clinton White House.
But Mr. Obama has to be careful how he proceeds because he has been
critical of both Mr. Clinton’s penchant for expending presidential
capital on small-bore initiatives, like school uniforms, and Mr. Bush’s
expansive assertions of executive authority, like the secret program of
wiretapping without warrants.
Already, Mr. Obama has had to reconcile his campaign-trail criticism of
Mr. Bush for excessive use of so-called signing statements to bypass
parts of legislation with his own use of such tactics. After a
bipartisan furor in Congress last year, Mr. Obama stopped issuing such
signing statements, but aides said last month that he still reserves
the right to ignore sections of bills he considers unconstitutional if
objections have been lodged previously by the executive branch.
Another drawback of the executive power strategy is that actions taken
unilaterally by the executive branch may not be as enduring as
decisions made through acts of Congress signed into law by a president.
For instance, while the E.P.A. has been determined to have the
authority to regulate carbon emissions, the administration would rather
have a market-based system of pollution permits, called cap and trade,
that requires legislation.
Still, presidents have logged significant accomplishments through the
stroke of a pen. In 1996, on his own authority, Mr. Clinton turned a
2,600-square-mile section of southern Utah into the Grand
Staircase-Escalante National Monument, in what was called at the time
his boldest environmental move. Mr. Bush followed suit in 2006 by
designating a 140,000-square-mile stretch of islands and ocean near
Hawaii as the largest protected marine reserve in the world, in what
some see as his most lasting environmental achievement.
The use of executive power came to a head this week when Mr. Obama
confronted Senator Mitch McConnell of Kentucky, the Republican leader,
about nominations held up in the Senate. In a meeting with
Congressional leaders at the White House on Tuesday, Mr. Obama turned
to Mr. McConnell and vowed to use his power to appoint officials during
Senate recesses if his nominations were not cleared.
By Thursday, the Senate had voted to confirm 27 of 63 nominations that
had been held up, and the White House declared victory. Two
administration officials, speaking on the condition of anonymity, said
Friday that the White House had drafted a list of about a dozen
nominees for the president to appoint during the recess that just
began, but most were among those cleared.
Mr. McConnell’s office denied that the president’s threat had anything
to do with the confirmations, pointing out that the Senate regularly
passes a batch of nominees before going on recess.
“All presidents get frustrated with the pace of nominations, and all
Congresses say they’re doing their best, so it’s not a surprise,” said
Don Stewart, a spokesman for Mr. McConnell. “But the fact is nominees
are being confirmed, particularly those nominated since December.”
The recess appointment power stems from the days when lawmakers were in
session only part of the year, but in modern times presidents have used
it to circumvent opposition in the Senate. Mr. Clinton made 139 recess
appointments, 95 of them to full-time positions, while Mr. Bush made
171, with 99 to full-time jobs. Mr. Obama has yet to make any.
Those given such appointments can serve until the end of the next
Congressional session. As a senator, Mr. Obama was less enamored with
recess appointments. When Mr. Bush used the power to install John R.
Bolton as ambassador to the United Nations, Mr. Obama called Mr. Bolton
“damaged goods.”
But the White House argued that Mr. Obama’s choices have been held up
more than Mr. Bush’s and left open the prospect of giving recess
appointments to some of those still held up, including Craig Becker, a
labor lawyer whose nomination for a seat on the National Labor
Relations Board has been blocked.
“If the stalling tactics continue,” said Robert Gibbs, the White House
press secretary, “he’s not ruling out using recess appointments for
anybody that he’s nominated.”

ANOTHER
"OOPS" MOMENT?
The US Securities and Exchange Commission is
demanding that Galleon hedge fund founder Raj Rajaratnam and others
accused of insider trading hand over recordings of wiretap evidence,
but the defendants have refused to give them up.
SEC and Galleon defendants tussle over wiretaps
YAHOO
Jan 26, 2010 9:04
In a flurry of letters made public on Monday in the high-profile
Manhattan federal court case involving employees of some of America’s
best-known companies, Rajaratnam and his co-accused argue that the
recorded conversations belong only in a parallel criminal investigation.
Rajaratnam’s lawyers Terence Lynam and John Dowd wrote in a letter to
US District Court Judge Jed Rakoff that the law “denies the SEC any
authority to obtain or use wiretaps as part of its civil enforcement
efforts because the SEC is not a law enforcement agency ... which is
why the United States Attorney’s Office has not simply released the
wiretaps to the SEC.”
The office of the Manhattan US Attorney, in its own letter to the
judge, asked him to compel the defendants to produce wiretap recordings
in their possession to the SEC for its case. Prosecutors allowed the
defendants access to the recorded conversations so their counsel could
refer to them as part of their defense. While the SEC and federal
prosecutors often coordinate with each other, there are limits on the
information they can share.
Rajaratnam, 52, is the most prominent defendant among 21 people
criminally or civilly charged last October and November in what federal
prosecutors described as the biggest hedge fun insider trading case in
the United States. The accused include employees of International
Business Machines Corp, McKinsey & Co executive management
consultants and Intel Capital, an arm of Intel Corp.
Rajaratnam’s lawyers have argued that the wiretaps were obtained
unlawfully and violated his constitutional rights.
The judge had scheduled a civil trial to begin on Aug. 1 even as the
coast-to-coast criminal probe continues.
Seven in Galleon case plead not guilty
YAHOO
Feb. 2, 2010
NEW YORK (Reuters) – Former stock trader Zvi Goffer, dubbed "Octopussy"
in the sprawling Galleon hedge fund insider trading case, pleaded not
guilty on Tuesday along with six others to securities fraud charges.
The seven, traders and lawyers, appeared before Manhattan federal court
Judge Richard Sullivan to answer an indictment unsealed on January 21,
charging them with securities fraud and conspiracy to commit securities
fraud.
They were arrested November 5, 2009, weeks after U.S. prosecutors
arrested and charged Galleon hedge fund founder Raj Rajaratnam in the
case.
The probe, described by prosecutors as the biggest hedge fund insider
trading case in the United States, targeted companies and employees
from Wall Street to Silicon Valley.
Goffer once worked at Galleon and later at the Incremental Capital
trading firm. A U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission civil complaint
described him as being nicknamed "Octopussy" in the purported insider
trading network because of the breadth of his sources.
Aside from Goffer, the others who pleaded not guilty on Tuesday were
three others associated with Incremental: Zvi Goffer's brother Emanuel
Goffer, Michael Kimelman and David Plate; Arthur Cutillo, who had been
a lawyer at Ropes & Gray LLP; and another lawyer, Jason Goldfarb.
Also indicted was Craig Drimal, whom prosecutors said worked in
Galleon's offices but was not employed there.
The case is USA v. Goffer et al, U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York, No. 10-056.
SEC mistakenly received Galleon wiretaps:
briefs
YAHOO
By Grant McCool
Feb. 2, 2010
NEW YORK (Reuters) – Criminal prosecutors apparently made the mistake
of giving to the SEC, wiretap recordings gathered against Galleon hedge
fund insider trading defendants, a legal brief said, potentially
compounding a fight over confidential evidence central to the case.
The recordings were returned to prosecutors when the mistake was
discovered, the office of the Manhattan U.S. Attorney said in a January
27 court filing, which was made public on Tuesday.
The SEC, pressing civil charges against Galleon hedge fund founder Raj
Rajaratnam and a score of others, demanded in court on January 25, that
defendants hand over recordings of wiretap evidence used to charge them
in a parallel criminal case.
But subsequent court filings said the SEC had already been in
possession since mid-December of some non-consensual recordings related
to defendant and former trader, Zvi Goffer.
"Yesterday, the government learned that, in mid-December 2009, it
inadvertently provided the SEC with recordings of certain
communications intercepted," the letter brief of January 27 by U.S.
prosecutor Jonathan Streeter, said.
While the SEC and criminal prosecutors often coordinate with each
other, there are limits on the information they can share in parallel
civil and criminal cases.


Caption these: when the camera is
rolling (at left) and in an more unguarded moment - thinking twice
about dissing the Supremes? Or maybe being diplomatic and saying
the both major Parties are only so far apart on health care or other
major subjects - the subtitle on the right would then read "You mean
they're not?"
EDITORIAL: Obama's loose grip on reality
THE WASHINGTON TIMES editorial
Tuesday, January 26, 2010
President Obama's response to the catastrophic political failures of
his freshman year in office is to fight harder for more of the same.
Presidential adviser Valerie Jarrett made the point explicitly on
Sunday, asserting that the White House is "not hitting a reset button
at all." That reflects the kind of political savvy that handed the
safest Democratic Senate seat in America to a Republican.
Mr. Obama seems unaware that he is part of the problem. The president
credited Scott Brown's historic Senate-race victory in Massachusetts
last week to the same voter frustration that swept him into office in
2008. The glitch in that worldview is that Mr. Brown ran explicitly
against the Obama agenda.
Mr. Obama's response to comparisons to 1994, when Democrats lost
control of both the House and Senate, is that "the big difference here
and in '94 was you've got me." Mr. Obama certainly is making a big
difference, but none that should give comfort to his party.
Gallup polling data show he is the most polarizing first-year president
since records have been kept, significantly more so than Bill Clinton,
the previous record holder. Mr. Obama's approval rating dropped faster
than Mr. Clinton's in his first year, and generic ballots for the 2010
race show Republicans in an as good or better position compared to 1994
or 2006, when Congress last changed hands. A Fox News poll from January
2006 found a 51 percent disapproval rate for the then-Republican
Congress. The same poll this month shows disapproval with the
Democratic Congress at 63 percent.
The White House claims it hasn't reached out enough to the American
people, but the real problem is that Mr. Obama's vaunted oratorical
skills have had a short shelf life. In the administration's first
months, the president regularly took to the airwaves to push his
agenda, attempting to mimic President Reagan's effective use of
television to circumvent congressional roadblocks. However, networks
began to push back when it became clear that giving up valuable
prime-time slots to Mr. Obama meant ratings death. Now the half-serious
story making the rounds is that the State of the Union speech was
scheduled so as not to conflict - or compete - with the premiere of the
final season of "Lost." The president's relentless reliance on
teleprompters likewise has become a national joke, building the
impression that America elected a reader when it needs a leader.
The Obama team is reaching out to 2008 campaign manager David Plouffe
for damage control, which suggests that since they cannot govern, they
might as well campaign. Mr. Plouffe counsels pushing ahead vigorously
on health care, which would doom many Democratic members of Congress.
He suggests that the government "create" jobs, which it claims to be
doing even as unemployment swells. He says the Democrats should not
accept any "lectures" on spending, even though last year's $1.42
trillion deficit tripled the record set in 2008. Mr. Plouffe advises
that Democrats "run great campaigns," which is the equivalent of a
coach telling his team that the way to win is to score more points. He
also helpfully cautions against "bed-wetting," an echo of Mr. Obama's
admonition not to get "wee-wee'd up." Apparently Democrats see bladder
control as the key to victory.
Mr. Obama is in a state of denial. His party's losses in Virginia, New
Jersey and Massachusetts all sent the message that the American people
want the party in power to govern more wisely. For the time being,
Democrats still enjoy substantial margins in both houses, but their
agenda is stalled because it's painfully out of step with what the
country wants. Mr. Obama pledges to keep on fighting, but pushing
harder for ruinously bad policies is not populism; it is political
suicide.


(l) Senator Obama in 2002 on Trent Lott; (r.) a much
younger President Obama basically making the same 2010 comment he made
about Sen.Harry Reid.
Obama in '02: 'The Republican Party itself has to drive out Trent Lott'
Weekly Standard
BY John McCormack
January 9, 2010 5:28 PM
In light of President Obama's decision to forgive Harry Reid's remarks
about Obama's skin color and lack of a "Negro dialect," check out what
Obama said about Trent Lott in 2002:
Illinois Senator Barack Obama (D-13th), who hosted
WVON's Cliff Kelley Show, challenged the Republican Party to repudiate
Lott's remarks and to call for his resignation as senate leader.
"It seems to be that we can forgive a 100-year-old
senator for some of the indiscretion of his youth, but, what is more
difficult to forgive is the current president of the U.S. Senate (Lott)
suggesting we had been better off if we had followed a segregationist
path in this country after all of the battles and fights for civil
rights and all the work that we still have to do," said Obama.
He said: "The Republican Party itself has to drive
out Trent Lott. If they have to stand for something, they have to stand
up and say this is not the person we want representing our party."
--From the December 12, 2002 issue of the Chicago Defender.
Purported crasher claims to have gotten invite
YAHOO
January 11, 2010
WASHINGTON – A man who may have been a third uninvited guest at White
House state dinner for India's prime minister asserted Monday that he
did receive an invitation.
But when pressed in a nationally broadcast interview, Washington
businessman Carlos Allen said only that he had gotten a White House
invitation for the day. But he couldn't display anything with his name
on it. Allen said he didn't know precisely the nature of Secret Service
procedures, but insisted repeatedly he had not crashed the Nov. 24
State Dinner for visiting Prime Minister Manmohan Singh.
Allen was among three people who purportedly went without invitations
to the official party that President Barack Obama gave for Singh — a
circumstance that has caused a continuing controversy long after the
lights were darkened.
Two others, Tareq and Michaele Salahi, got in without displaying
invitations to security personnel on site, and so far have resisted
congressional subpoenas seeking their testimony. The Secret Service
acknowledged that mistakes were made, leading to a security breach.
Allen, unlike the Salahis, never got close to Obama at the event.
Interviewed Monday on ABC's "Good Morning America," Allen said
repeatedly: "I was invited. I actually got an invitation in the mail. I
have the actual invite." But the business executive acknowledged under
questioning by anchor Robin Roberts that he couldn't produce any piece
of paper — including a table assignment card — with his name on it.
Allen, who operates an event business called Hush Galleria, said that a
Secret Service employee checked him through security and a White House
employee later directed him to a seat at his request.
Appearing with Allen, attorney A. Scott Bolden said, "Whether you
believe that he had an invitation or a place card or not," he became an
invitee at some point in the evening.
"He asked a White House staffer, 'Where do I sit,' and a White House
staff steered him to that seat," Bolden said. "Doesn't sound like
Carlos Allen is a criminal trespasser. He's a cooperative witness with
the Secret Service, and we'll see how this plays out."
Allen said he'd gone to a nearby hotel where he ultimately hooked up
with an Indian delegation after failing to gain admittance at either of
two Secret Service-guarded gates at the Executive Mansion.
"It was cold. It was raining. I had a cough, I had a cold," he said,
adding that he found well-dressed people lined up in a lobby when he
arrived at the Hotel Willard.
"I started seeing a lot of people in the hallway. As I was looking
around, everyone was looking good," he said. "They said, 'It's time to
go to the White House.' So I got in line with everybody else. I
basically had my invite. ... I went up to the Secret Service
individual. He basically wanded me. He checked to make sure that I had
nothing wrong ... and I basically walked in."
Allen explained that he removed a Web posting about the dinner because
he was concerned about "a frenzy" surrounding the Salahis.
"Their faces were everywhere," he said of the Salahis, " and my focus
was to do good things. ... I didn't want to embarrass anyone. I did not
want to embarrass my president."

HUH?
They're working together to bring down America?
Obama’s Twelve Days of Christmas
Not a creature was stirring...not even Mike Leiter.
Weekly Standard
BY William Kristol
January 18, 2010, Vol. 15, No. 17
On the first day of Christmas, we were attacked.
On the second day of Christmas, the enemy combatant who had been
dispatched from Yemen to attack us—who boarded a plane to Detroit with
a valid multiple-entry visa despite our having been warned about him by
his father, despite his having spent months with an al Qaeda leader in
Yemen who was closely monitored by U.S. intelligence, and despite his
buying a one-way ticket with cash and boarding without luggage—was
arraigned before a judge, provided with a lawyer, and informed of his
right to remain silent. The Transportation Security Administration
ordered that airplane passengers remain seated for the final hour of
all flights. President Obama remained silent.
On the third day of Christmas, Homeland Security Secretary Janet
Napolitano and White House spokesman Robert Gibbs went on the Sunday
talk shows to assure Americans that “the system worked.”
On the fourth day of Christmas, the president interrupted his vacation
in Hawaii to “assure” the American people that, basically, all was
well: “An alert and courageous citizenry are far more resilient than an
isolated extremist.”
On the fifth day of Christmas, the president came off the golf course
to speak again. He now told us of some “serious concerns” that had been
raised by the Christmas day incident—it turned out a “systemic failure”
had occurred that allowed for a “potential catastrophic breach of
security.”
On the sixth day of Christmas, the head of the National
Counterterrorism Center continued the ski vacation he had left for the
day after Christmas, and the director of the Central Intelligence
Agency continued to enjoy his holiday on the West Coast.
On the seventh day of Christmas, the White House issued a statement
that the president had spoken that morning with his two nonvacationing
terrorism advisers, Napolitano and Deputy Assistant to the President
John Brennan, and that he had called a meeting for Tuesday when
everyone was back in Washington.
On the eighth day of Christmas, everyone celebrated the New Year.
On the ninth day of Christmas, the president told us that the extremist
wasn’t isolated, after all. Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula had
“trained,” “equipped,” and “directed” Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab to
attack the United States.
On the tenth day of Christmas, John Brennan was a guest on all the
Sunday news talk shows. He explained that Abdulmutallab “received
training” at one of several terror training camps in Yemen and that “he
was clearly directed to carry out this attack [by] al Qaeda, the senior
leadership there. This is something that we’re very concerned about.
We’re concerned that they may be, in fact, trying to get other
operatives, non-Yemenis and others, to train inside of Yemen, to send
to the West.”
Brennan nonetheless defended treating Abdulmutallab as a criminal
suspect, saying we could plea bargain with the terrorist in return for
information he might have about Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula and
about other attackers who might be on the way. Brennan also reiterated
the Obama administration’s intention to continue paroling terror
detainees to Yemen as part of the Obama quest to close
Guantánamo.
On the eleventh day of Christmas, President Obama arrived back in
Washington.
On the twelfth day of Christmas, the State Department announced that
Abdulmutallab’s visa had been revoked.
On the feast of the Epiphany, Obama’s national security adviser told
USA Today that Americans would feel “a certain shock” when they saw the
report that was to be released the next day.
And Americans did feel “a certain shock”—not so much from the report as
from Napolitano’s profession of surprise at al Qaeda’s “tactic of using
an individual to foment an attack.” Meanwhile, Brennan expressed alarm
about cooperation between Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula and Al
Qaeda in Pakistan, and about the fact that Al Qaeda in the Arabian
Peninsula was “actually launching individuals here.”
So, two weeks after the Christmas attack, the Obama administration may
finally have awakened to the fact that we are facing an ongoing threat
from a sophisticated global terror group with at least two capable and
connected nodes, in Pakistan/Afghanistan and in Yemen. And that there
are people being trained we probably don’t know about, in places we may
not have yet discovered, to attack the United States of America. And
they don’t take Christmas vacations.
We presume the Obama administration’s Christmas vacation is over. It
would be good if they also abandoned their yearlong attempt to take a
holiday from history.

Not photoshop image - reality, even if without an invitation!
No photo of this expansion of "open door"
policy...
AP Exclusive: Tourists enjoy White House
breakfast
By BEN EVANS, Associated Press Writer
Dec. 15, 2009
WASHINGTON – It wasn't a state dinner, and they didn't crash it on
purpose.
Still, a Georgia couple who showed up at the White House a day early
for a tour somehow wound up at an invitation-only breakfast with
President Barack Obama and the first lady. It left the White House once
again explaining how people who were not on an event guest list wound
up being ushered into the presidential mansion anyway.
The improbable adventure of Harvey and Paula Darden, Obama supporters
from Hogansville, Ga., took place on Veterans Day, two weeks before
Virginia socialites Tareq and Michaele Salahi infamously crashed the
Obamas' state dinner for the prime minister of India.
The Dardens mistakenly showed up a day early for a tour scheduled
through their congressman.
The White House and Secret Service both said the Dardens went through
the appropriate security screenings and were allowed into the breakfast
as a courtesy because there were no public tours the day they arrived.
That explanation was news to Harvey Darden, 67, a retired pharmacist,
who said he and his wife never were told about the breakfast. They
thought they were simply starting their tour until they were ushered
into the East Room, offered a buffet spread and told they'd be meeting
the president.
"The further we got into the White House, the more surprised we were,"
Darden told The Associated Press in a telephone interview. "My wife
looked at me and I looked at her, and I said, 'You know, I don't know
if we're in the right place.'"
They approached a White House aide with their concern that they had
veered off course but were told to "just go with the flow," Darden said.
"I felt kind of funny because I was the only man in the room that
wasn't dressed in a coat and tie," he added. "I was just a plain
tourist."
Secret Service spokesman Ed Donovan said agents performed the same
screening procedures on the Dardens that were used for other breakfast
guests: They checked the Dardens' names and did a criminal background
check — steps that were not taken for the Salahis at the Nov. 24 state
dinner.
Because the Dardens were able to pass Secret Service vetting, they were
allowed to attend the breakfast for veterans as a "nice gesture," White
House spokesman Nick Shapiro said. He added that it's not unusual for
White House staff to take people who are cleared in for tours to other
events if there is space, including Marine One arrivals, East Room
events and Rose Garden ceremonies.
Shapiro said the White House Office of Public Engagement, which Obama
created to engage citizens in White House activities, was responsible
for clearing in the Dardens, as well as the other breakfast guests. The
social office handled admittance to the Indian state dinner.
On the morning the Dardens showed up, security officials working from a
list of names began letting people inside. When the Dardens reached the
checkpoint, they said they were told their names weren't on the list
and were asked to present photo identifications and other information.
After waiting for agents to check their information, they were allowed
in and directed into the East Room, where about 200 people were
gathered for the breakfast.
The Dardens approached an aide who was mingling with guests.
"I told him, 'I don't think this is part of the White House tour,'"
Darden said. "He said, 'No it's not. It's an invitation event for
veterans.'"
The official, whose name and title Darden didn't remember, asked
whether Darden was a veteran. Darden told him he was a Navy veteran,
and the aide suggested he stay, Darden said.
So the Dardens served themselves at the buffet, and took their seats.
Shortly thereafter, Barack and Michelle Obama arrived and began talking
and getting photographs with guests at each table. Vice President Joe
Biden and his wife, Jill, also stopped by.
Darden said it was "quite a treat" to meet the Obamas and the Bidens.
But he remains puzzled about how he was escorted into a private
breakfast — and he grew a little anxious after the Salahi episode
exploded in the news.
The couple's only regret, Darden said, is that they haven't received a
copy of that picture taken with the Obamas.
Media
Equation: Reality TV’s Glare Hits High Office
NYTIMES
By DAVID CARR
December 7, 2009
When Barack Obama became president, he promised a “new era of
openness.” After almost a year of a media diet that seemed to be
all-Obama, all-the-time that concluded in a reality-program couple
crashing a state dinner at the White House, I’d be O.K. with the kimono
closing a bit.
When Michaele and Tareq Salahi waltzed uninvited into the White House
for a state dinner almost two weeks ago, their camera crew from Bravo’s
forthcoming “The Real Housewives of D.C.” was left waiting outside, but
it’s not as if their presence would have been much of a breach of
current protocol.
After all, like much of daily life there, their visit was recorded and
uploaded on the White House Flickr feed, the always-on streaming window
into “the people’s house,” a nickname that has never been more apt than
under the current residents.
Considering the White House’s hulking, media-rich Web site, its
Facebook page, photo galleries and podcasts on iTunes, the presidency
seems less threatened by the incursion of a reality show than running
an administration that is in danger of becoming one.
One of the downsides of having a president who is also Celebrity in
Chief is that it creates the impression that the leader of the free
world is part of a milieu that is more TMZ than C-SPAN. In an effort to
remain connected to the social media world that was so much a part of
his electoral victory, the Obama administration may be guilty of a very
contemporary common offense: Oversharing.
“In the context of a president that you see all the time and hear from
all the time, how important does the speech at West Point, the most
important speech of his presidency, become?” asks Lawrence O’Donnell, a
producer and writer on “The West Wing,” among other projects, and an
analyst on MSNBC. “It becomes like weather reports, just another of
many messages from the president.”
Mr. O’Donnell added that the administration is experimenting in a
different age of communication and has solid demographic reasons for
communicating early and often on a variety of platforms.
The president can’t be blamed for a few knuckleheads trying to game
their way into his presence, but his shared love of the camera leaves
him vulnerable to suggestions that he is too busy appearing as the
president and not busy enough being one. And we all know that
television shows — reality or otherwise — can jump the shark.
The White House, something of an imperial palace under President Bush,
has become the most camera-infested place since “Big Brother.” Oprah
Winfrey was there last week with a giant camera crew in tow, chatting
with the first couple and taking in the Christmas decorations.
She and the first lady shared the cover of her magazine back in April,
not to be confused with the Vogue cover Michelle Obama did back in
March. Mrs. Obama will also be starring in an episode of “Iron Chef”
this January and has already done a live shot for Jay Leno from the
White House.
The unauthorized visit of “The Real Housewives of D.C.” candidates
probably caused the biggest ruckus at the White House since 1829, when
Andrew Jackson fled the place because 20,000 of his close, personal
friends showed up to celebrate his inauguration. Perhaps the Salahis
were just taking the president at his word when he promised a new era
of openness.
The Obamas, by the way, aren’t the only big users of social media at
the White House. In a bit of a red-faced response to Representative
Eleanor Holmes Norton on Capitol Hill about the incident, Mark
Sullivan, the Secret Service director, said the breach was discovered
by looking at Facebook.
The gate-crashers weren’t so much invading the Obamas’ privacy as
trying to grab some of the abundant media limelight already there. It’s
not as if they were the only media-connected people in attendance:
Brian Williams, the anchor of “NBC Nightly News,” and Jeffrey Immelt of
General Electric, which just announced it was selling majority
ownership of NBC Universal, were at the same state dinner.
They are more or less related by affiliation with the crashers, because
Bravo, the ring leader of the camera crew, is a division of NBC
Universal. (By the way, guys, making the occupants of the White House
look like fools just before you are about to run a regulatory gantlet
is probably not a great opening strategy.)
Mr. Williams and the president are already burger-and-fries buddies,
having gone out for fast food last spring with a camera crew. President
Reagan was the first sitting president to dine as an ordinary customer
at a public restaurant, but the restaurant was Le Cirque; no cameras
were allowed. And when Andy Warhol documented the event, it was in his
diary, not on a Facebook page.
Compare that to Mr. Obama’s outing to Five Guys, where he is filmed
taking burger orders from staff members — “You want fries?” — and then
sets off with Mr. Williams in the limo, sitting with jacket off and
feet up on the seats.
I like that the current president gets out of the bubble, that he
enjoys a burger, and is willing to walk back into the White House with
a greasy go-bag for the staff. I’m not sure being able to watch it all
unfold is good for his presidency.
“When he ran, the Obamas were pitched as kind of a reality show to the
public. We’d hear about his dinners with Michelle and we felt like we
knew them,” said Michael Hirschorn, a former executive at VH1 who now
runs Ish Entertainment, which produces reality programming. “But now
that he is in office, there is a danger of the mystique going away. The
problem with social media and constant video is that it flows like
water and reduces everything to the same level. Not much of it is
special, and it all becomes content, even if it’s the president.”
The clamor, media and otherwise, that the Obamas have created in
Washington of course brings to mind another handsome young couple with
beautiful children who riveted the nation when they moved in to 1600
Pennsylvania Avenue. It was, after all, Jacqueline Kennedy who first
introduced the televised version of the White House to citizens, giving
CBS News a lengthy tour.
But the peek was carefully scripted, following her maxim of “minimum
information given with maximum politeness.” To watch the tour more than
four decades later on YouTube, it looks less like the dawning of a new
media age than a quaint reminder of a bygone era when distance between
the press and the presidency was vast. It’s a long way from flipping on
the TV at bedtime and seeing the first lady doing a “Ten @ Ten”
question riff with her buddy Jay.
Mrs. Kennedy may have been impossibly glamorous and done her share of
image management, but she had a chaste relationship with the camera and
the public.
“I want to live my life, not record it,” she said.


Scene of the first
State Dinner in honor of P.M. of India
Obviously, "Devil Wears
Prada" not required viewing for Secret Service or Marines guarding the
safety of the President (we refer to the staff preparation for greeting
line at the Metropolitan Museum party...).
Redefinition of
"Party Planner" - how about the "Spell-checkerer Czar?"
Agents Put On Leave After State Dinner Breach
NYTIMES
By JANIE LORBER
December
3, 2009, 12:34 pm
The head of the United States Secret Service told lawmakers today that
the agents responsible for letting Michaele and Tareq Salahi into the
White House state dinner last month have been placed on leave.
“The individuals have been identified and have been put on
administrative leave,” Mark Sullivan, the agency’s director, said
during a hearing called by the House Homeland Security Committee to
investigate the White House security breach. The agents could face
dismissal. Mr. Sullivan ruled nothing out, saying “appropriate action”
would be taken once the agency’s investigation was completed.
Mr. Sullivan gave a few other details about the inquiry into just how
the uninvited couple managed to get beyond two security checkpoints
staffed by the Secret Service. Agents were supposed to be checking
guests names against a list of vetted names compiled by the White House
social staff.
He said the incident was “pure and simple this is a human error,”
adding, “when people don’t follow the established guidelines, something
like this is going to happen.”
The incident at the state dinner occurred against a flurry of
discussion about whether Mr. Obama faces more security threats than his
predecessors — coupled with the fact that he received Secret Service
protection earlier than most presidential candidates during his
campaign.
At the hearing, Mr. Sullivan said that despite reports to the contrary,
President Obama is under no greater threat than the previous two
presidents, George W. Bush and Bill Clinton.
During the hearing, Representative Sheila Jackson-Lee, Democrat of
Texas, held up a photo of Michaele Salahi posing with Vice President
Joseph R. Biden Jr. during the state dinner.Brendan Smialowski for The
New York Times During the hearing, Representative Sheila Jackson-Lee,
Democrat of Texas, held up a photo of Michaele Salahi posing with Vice
President Joseph R. Biden Jr. during the state dinner.
Absent from the hearing were the Salahis and Desiree Rogers, the White
House social secretary. Although some committee members threatened to
subpoena those witnesses, at this point, the Salahis declined on advice
of their lawyer. In addition, the White House announced on Wednesday
that Ms. Rogers would not testify, and cited the separation of powers
under the Constitution as a reason for blocking her appearance.
At the hearing, Mr. Sullivan said the Secret Service accepted
responsibility for the security breach. He said the agent should have
contacted his immediate supervisor and communicated with the White
House staff upon finding that the Salahis were not on his list. None of
this happened. The Salahis told the agent that they should have been on
the list and that they were invited. The agent also did not call the
protocol center to determine whether the couple had clearance, he added.
In the absence of a representative from the White House social office,
lawmakers pressed Mr. Sullivan for an explanation of how during
preparations for the event the Secret Service and White House agreed
not to place an administration representative at the initial check
point as is customary.
Republicans were particularly incensed that Desiree Rogers, the White
House social secretary declined to testify and the committee’s ranking
Republican, Representative Peter King, said he wanted to subpoena Ms.
Rogers in addition to the Salahis. (In either case, the entire
committee would need to vote in favor of a subpoena.)
“We always expect the Secret Service to take a bullet for the
president, but we don’t expect the Secret Service to take a bullet for
the president’s staff,” said Representative Charlie Dent, a Republican
of Pennsylvania.
Representative Bennie Thompson, the committee’s chairman, however, did
not seem as perturbed.
“The social office plans parties. They are not responsible for
security,” he said. “When pressed he repeated, “They are party
planners.”
The unforgettable 'turkeys' of 2009
NYPOST
By MICHELLE MALKIN
Last Updated: 7:42 AM, November 26, 2009
Posted: 1:14 AM, November 26, 2009
As we gather round the Thanksgiving table, bow our heads in prayer and
feast on the holiday bird, it is only fitting to take a moment to fete
the unforgettable turkeys of 2009.
The stimulus: Back in February,
I wrote that if the trillion-dollar stimulus plan were a Thanksgiving
dinner entree, it would be a Turbaconducken -- the heart
attack-inducing dish of roasted chicken stuffed inside a duck stuffed
inside a turkey, all wrapped in bacon. And so it has come to pass.
After the Democratic majority larded up the spending package with
earmarks and bribes, President Obama declared it pork-free and has
stubbornly touted its job creation benefits for out-of-work Americans.
Reality check? The Washington Examiner reports that more than 10
percent of the jobs the Obama administration claimed were "created or
saved" by the stimulus are doubtful or imaginary. ABC News uncovered
countless examples of bogus congressional districts listed as stimulus
beneficiaries by the Obama stimulus tracking website, Recovery.gov. The
money has been lavished on shady beauty schools in New Hampshire,
prison inmates in Texas and wind companies in Spain and China. Just
this week, a California audit found that the Department of Corrections
and Rehabilitation overstated the number of jobs saved by federal
stimulus dollars by upward of 13,000.
While this Generational Theft Act soaks up our tax dollars and add to
our children's and grandchildren's debt, the Democrats are cooking up a
second stimulus turkey to provide federal infrastructure money to
public-sector unions.
President O-bow-ma: The
candidate who pledged to restore America's standing in the world
couldn't figure out how to stay standing in front of world leaders. In
April, he crouched before Saudi King Abdullah. This month, he provoked
global derision when he broke protocol and performed a spineless
blunder in front of the Japanese emperor.
His body language reflected the administration's broader foreign policy
prostrations -- including scrapping missile defense in the Czech
Republic and Poland, canceling a meeting with the Dalai Lama to appease
China, sitting on its hands this summer during the Iranian election
protests and unveiling the 9/11 show trials in New York City that will
provide a platform for jihadis and Bush-haters.
Green-jobs czar Van Jones: This
turkey was recruited by Team Obama's Chicago pal Valerie Jarrett, who
boasted about recruiting the Marxist rabble-rouser from Oakland. He
openly crusaded to free Philadelphia death row cop-killer Mumia
Abu-Jamal, bashed capitalism with radical revolutionary rhetoric and
signed a 9/11 conspiracy petition that he meekly disavowed in a botched
attempt to save his job. He is now at the Center for American Progress.
The other turkey in the story, Jarrett, escaped unscathed and went on
to push the Obamas into their failed crony campaign for the 2016
Olympics bid in Copenhagen -- a taxpayer-funded, hubris-infused
debacle. Rio got the Games. America got a closer look at the
pay-for-play patrons, power brokers and developers in the Windy City.
The New York Times: Scooped by
Fox News, conservative blogs and talk radio on the exploding ACORN
scandal, the paper whitewashed its own role in covering up the
community-organizing racket's financial shenanigans last fall when it
cut off a reporter's investigation a few weeks before Election Day.
Jill Abramson, the Times' managing editor for news, acknowledged that
her staff was "slow off the mark" and blamed "insufficient
tuned-in-ness to the issues that are dominating Fox News and talk
radio."
Recently, the paper's Web site showed that its real motto is "All the
inconvenient news that's fit to suppress." The Times' top environmental
blogger, Andrew Revkin, refused to reprint damning e-mails leaked by a
hacker showing a trail of manipulated climate-change data. The Times
had no problem exposing national-security secrets to undermine Bush.
But shed light on scientific hoaxes that undermine Al Gore? Unethical!
Tea Party-bashers: Millions of ordinary, peaceful Americans joined the
Tea Party movement to revolt against big government, backroom deals and
the Beltway culture of corruption. SEIU labor boss Dennis Rivera
accused them of "terrorist tactics." Team Obama's astroturfers declared
all-out war on them.
For refusing to shut up in the face of such unhinged bigotry, and for
exposing the foulness of the political fowl, I have two words for them:
Thank you.
FIRST STATE DINNER AND
PARTY-CRASHERS: You can't make this stuff up! Reality
state dinner.







LIKE A GAME OF "CLUE"
A map of the White House and the South Lawn, tracing the movements of
state dinner party crashers Tareq and Michaele Salahi. Alison
Victor/Daily News; Katey Couric, Rahm Emanuel
photo in NY POST
Uninvited Pair Met Obama; Secret Service
Offers Apology
NYTIMES
By HELENE COOPER and BRIAN STELTER
November 28, 2009
WASHINGTON — President Obama and his wife, Michelle, had a face-to-face
encounter with the couple who sneaked into a state dinner at the White
House this week, White House officials acknowledged on Friday. The
revelation underscored the seriousness of the security breach and
prompted an abject apology from the Secret Service.
A White House spokesman said that the couple, Michaele and Tareq Salahi
of Virginia, met and shook hands with the president and the first lady
in the receiving line in the Blue Room, as the Obamas greeted each of
their 400 invited guests Tuesday night before moving to a tent on the
South Lawn for dinner.
That disclosure coincided with a statement from the director of the
Secret Service, Mark Sullivan, saying that his agency was “deeply
concerned and embarrassed” by the events. Secret Service officials said
the agency wanted to interview everyone connected with the episode,
including the Salahis, and had not ruled out criminal charges.
“The
preliminary findings of our internal investigation have determined
established protocols were not followed at an initial checkpoint,
verifying that two individuals were on the guest list,” Mr. Sullivan
said.
“Although these individuals went through magnetometers and other levels
of screening, they should have been prohibited from entering the event
entirely,” Mr. Sullivan said. “That failing is ours.”
On Friday night, the White House released a photograph of the couple in
the receiving line, being greeted by Mr. Obama. In the photo, a smiling
Mrs. Salahi, wearing a red and gold sari, is clasping Mr. Obama’s hand
with both of hers, as her husband looks on. The prime minister of
India, Manmohan Singh, is standing next to Mr. Obama.
Mrs. Salahi’s Facebook page has photographs of the couple with
officials including Vice President Joseph R. Biden Jr. and Rahm
Emanuel, the White House chief of staff. It is not known who took the
pictures.
The couple’s lawyer, Paul W. Gardner of Baltimore, asserts that the
Salahis had been “cleared, by the White House,” to be at the event, and
so were not really “crashing.” Mr. Gardner declined a request to
elaborate on his assertion...
Both reality television and the Internet have trained people “to brand
themselves, to distribute themselves, to get themselves out there,”
said James Hay, a communications professor at the University of
Illinois and a co-author of the book “Better Living Through Reality
TV.”
State dinner party
crashers Tareq and Michaele Salahi: Tracing their movements in the
White House
DAILY NEWS STAFF
Friday, November 27th 2009, 4:54 AM
KEYS TO MAP
1. Michaele and Tareq Salahi are believed to have lined up here, under
canopy, near which Facebook photo of her with Marines was taken. They
then went through the magnetometers and walked on to Center Hall.
2. Next, they went upstairs into the Cross Hall and the State Dining
Room, where they mingled with guests.
3. After mingling in the State Dining Room, the Salahis went into the
Diplomatic Reception Room, then walked from there through the South
Portico on their way to the South Lawn.
4. At the South Lawn, the Salahis were photographed with White House
Chief of Staff Rahm Emanuel and Vice President Biden. The Biden picture
seems to show the Salahis made it to the main tent, where the dinner
with the President and First Lady was held.
Obamas’
Uninvited Guests Prompt an
Inquiry
NYTIMES
By HELENE COOPER and BRIAN STELTER
November 27,
2009
WASHINGTON — The Secret Service is investigating how a couple aspiring
to be reality-show celebrities managed to appear at President Obama’s
first state dinner without being on the guest list, provoking questions
about security at the White House.
The inquiry was begun after a Virginia couple, Michaele and Tareq
Salahi, slipped past multiple layers of high-level White House security
Tuesday night and managed to rub shoulders, literally, with Vice
President Joseph R. Biden Jr. and the White House chief of staff, Rahm
Emanuel, among others, at Washington’s most exclusive social event this
year.
Edwin M. Donovan, a spokesman for the Secret Service who spent his
Thanksgiving Day dealing with phone calls from reporters, would not
discuss the investigation in detail but said the initial focus was on
“a Secret Service checkpoint which did not follow proper procedure to
ensure these two individuals were on the invited guest list.”
While the question of how well the president is protected is never a
casual one, it has taken on special resonance with Mr. Obama, the
nation’s first black president. Even when he was a candidate, his
security rivaled that of a sitting president, because of both the size
of the crowds he attracted and the number of threats. Secret Service
agents began guarding him 18 months before the November 2008 election,
the earliest a candidate has ever been provided protection. It was not
clear how close the couple got to the Obamas.
Representative Peter T. King, the ranking Republican on the House
Homeland Security Committee, called for a Congressional investigation,
saying in an interview Thursday that he was shocked at the lack of
security at the White House on Tuesday night. Since 2003, the Secret
Service has been part of the Department of Homeland Security.
“Obviously, somebody dropped the ball,” said Mr. King, of New York. “I
mean, you’re talking about the president of the United States and the
vice president and a powerful world leader, the prime minister of
India.” The prime minister, Manmohan Singh, was the guest of honor.
Mr. King said he had seen people turned away from similar White House
events, including a congressman who brought his daughter instead of his
wife, whose name was on the list. He also raised concerns about the
Secret Service’s assertion that Mr. Obama was safe because all guests
passed through metal detectors.
“The fact they went through the magnometer is incidental,” he said.
“They could have had anthrax on them. They could have grabbed a knife
from the dining room table.”
He added, “The next time it will be a far worse reality than a reality
TV show.”
Mr. and Mrs. Salahi, meanwhile, remained silent Thursday about their
White House visit.
Producers for Bravo, the cable channel, have been following and filming
the couple this fall. The channel confirmed that Michaele Salahi was
being seriously considered for the coming series “The Real Housewives
of D.C.”
In a statement on Thursday, Bravo said Half Yard Productions, the
producer for the series, had been under the impression that the
Salahis, two polo-playing devotees of Washington’s social swirl and
online social networks alike, had been invited to the dinner.
The “Housewives” cast “has not been finalized,” Bravo said. “Michaele
Salahi is under consideration as a cast member; as such, Half Yard
Productions were filming the Salahis on that day. Half Yard was only
aware that per the Salahis they had been invited as guests.”
A White House official, informed of Bravo’s statement, said that was
not the case. “We’ve already confirmed that they weren’t invited,” he
said.
A publicist for the couple, Mahogany Jones, said they would not comment
formally for now, but issued a statement.
Their counsel, Paul W. Gardner, “states emphatically that the Salahis
did not ‘crash’ this event,” the statement said. “We look forward to
setting the record straight very soon.”
Mr. Gardner, an entertainment lawyer, did not respond to a message left
at his Baltimore office.
Brian Williams, the anchor of “NBC Nightly News” and a guest at the
dinner, saw the Salahis arrive when he was waiting in a line of cars to
enter the East Gate of the White House. In interviews broadcast on NBC
on Thursday, Mr. Williams said the couple’s vehicle was turned away,
adding, “Actually the first ring of Secret Service security had worked.”
“After their vehicle was turned away, they hopped out,” Mr. Williams
said. “What attracted our attention was there was at least one camera
trailing them. And a makeup woman got out and fixed the woman’s hair
and then started powdering the man’s forehead.”
The Salahis apparently then joined a line of dinner guests at an
entrance for pedestrians. What happened at checkpoints at that entrance
is the focus of the Secret Service investigation.
Not two hours after the party, Mrs. Salahi had on her Facebook page a
dozen photos of her and her husband with Washington’s social elite.
There the couple were, with Mayor Adrian M. Fenty of the District of
Columbia “and his lovely wife,” Michelle (Mrs. Salahi is holding Mr.
Fenty’s elbow). There Mrs. Salahi was, with three Marines in full-dress
attire (her hand is touching the collar of one Marine, who smiles at
the camera). And then there she was, her sari glittering, snaked around
a grinning Mr. Biden, her hand resting on his chest, his arm wrapped
around her waist; and both Salahis, with a smiling Mr. Emanuel,
described on Mrs. Salahi’s Facebook page as “Chief of Staff of the
United States White House.” It was not clear who took the pictures for
Facebook.
The White House has said the Salahis were not seated for the dinner. It
was not clear Thursday when they left the White House on Tuesday, and
under what circumstances.
Whether or not they wind up on “Housewives,” the couple have certainly
acted as if they were stars. They are now scheduled to be on “Larry
King Live” on Monday.
On her celebrity-minded Facebook page, Mrs. Salahi telegraphed her
television aspirations, writing, “Get Ready Kelly Ripa — Don’t you want
a friend to tag team Regis!” She also suggested herself as a co-host
for NBC’s “Today” show. On Facebook, she has more than 4,000 friends.
“There are definitely people that lobby very aggressively to be on
shows,” said Michael Hirschorn, a former executive vice president for
original programming at the reality-centric VH1 channel and a founder
of Ish Entertainment.
The stunt brought to mind another set of fame-seekers: the Heene family
of Fort Collins, Colo., who mesmerized the nation for several hours
last month after setting aloft a homemade saucer-shaped balloon — and
the notion that their 6-year-old son was in it — in an apparent effort
to gain attention from television producers.
Mr. Hirschorn said prospective reality stars were becoming smarter
about “self-producing,” knowing they had to inject drama into the shows.
“At this point,” he said, “there must be what, a thousand reality
personalities on TV at any one time? So they know they have to stand
out.”
Even so, Mr. Hirschorn added, this “would seem extreme to me.”
A Stylish State Dinner, With Typos
NYTIMES
By ANAHAD O'CONNOR
November 25, 2009, 12:24 am
The White House pulled out all the stops in preparation for President
Obama’s first state dinner on Tuesday night, hiring a new florist,
selecting a renowned guest chef and even inviting a number of
high-profile musicians to perform.
But one person the White House apparently neglected to hire was a spell
checker.
The special dinner menu — a lavish mélange of Indian and
American favorites as well as several excellent wines — was rife with
typos.
The second course of the evening was paired, for example, with a
delicious 2006 Brooks Riesling, which, the menu noted, was bottled in
“Wilamette Valley, Oregon.”
A diligent copy editor would have changed that to the proper spelling,
“Willamette Valley.”
For their third course, the 320 guests were offered a dish that,
according to the menu, included potato dumplings with tomato chutney
and “chick peas,” which should in fact have been “chickpeas.” That
course, the menu noted, was paired with an excellent red wine, a “2007
Granache” from Beckmen Vineyards. The correct spelling of the popular
varietal, one of the most widely planted types of red grape in the
world, is actually “Grenache” with only one “a,” not two.
The last bottle of the night was equally impressive, a sparkling
chardonnay from Virginia. It was listed as a “Thibaut Janisson Brut,”
missing a hyphen between the first two words. And last but not least,
the dessert may have been free of error in taste, but not so in
spelling. It included, according to the menu, passion fruit and vanilla
“Gelees,” the French word for “gelled,” which, when written correctly,
includes an acute accent on the second “e.”
Op-Ed
Columnist
Thanks for the Memories
NYTIMES
By MAUREEN DOWD
November 25, 2009
WASHINGTON
At his Cabinet meeting Monday afternoon, President Obama
took a moment to give thanks to his team.
Sipping a glass of water, the president offered special
gratitude to the woman on his right.
“I advised this hard-working Cabinet to get a little bit of
rest
this week,” he said, looking at Hillary Clinton, “particularly the
people who have been traveling around the globe day-in and day-out and
don’t know what time zone they’re in.”
The secretary of state, with a china cup and saucer in front
of her, smiled.
In the back of the room, back where they were parched, back
where
no water or coffee was served for the two-hour meeting, sat Greg Craig,
the White House counsel who was a ghostly presence, given his death by
a thousand leaks.
Only a year after he had helped Barack Obama get elected by
eviscerating his close friend, Clinton White House colleague and Yale
Law School classmate, Hillary Clinton, Craig was himself eviscerated by
the Obama inner circle.
I remember meeting Craig at a book party during the
campaign. He
upbraided me for writing critical things about Obama. I didn’t like
being chastised, but I admired his loyalty.
It couldn’t have been easy for Craig, a special counsel in
the
Clinton White House who directed the response on impeachment, to break
away from the Clintons and help the insurgent Obama shatter Hillary’s
dream of shattering the Oval glass ceiling.
As Todd Purdum wrote of Craig in The Times in 1998, “At
Yale, he
surrendered his $75-a-month apartment in New Haven to Mr. Clinton and
his girlfriend, Hillary Rodham, who were a class behind him, and he
remains especially close to Mrs. Clinton, friends say.”
In a memo he sent to the press during the bitter 2008
Democratic
primary, Craig made the case that Hillary had exaggerated her foreign
policy experience and that she did not pass “the Commander-in-Chief
test.”
It was brutally effective, taking apart her claims of
involvement,
country by country, and noting: “As far as the record shows, Senator
Clinton never answered the phone either to make a decision on any
pressing national security issue — not at 3 AM or at any other time of
day.”
I often wondered if Craig and U.N. Ambassador Susan Rice,
the other
former Clinton official who helped undermine Hillary’s foreign policy
record, would have done so if they had known that after turning on
Hillary they would once more end up working beside her; if they had
known that Obama can often be more interested in wooing opponents than
tending to those who put themselves on the line for him.
There were complaints that Craig was out of the loop, but
couldn’t
Obama have walked the single West Wing staircase up to his counsel’s
office and looped him in?
Craig was, after all, simply defending positions that Obama
himself
took during the campaign, from closing Gitmo to greater transparency.
The way the Craig matter was handled sent a chill through
some
Obama supporters, reminding them of the icy manner in which the
Clintons cut loose Kimba Wood and Lani Guinier. But then, Obama is
surrounded by many old Clinton hands (and a Clinton).
Writing in Politico, Elizabeth Drew called it “the shabbiest
episode of his presidency,” saying that it had caused people who had
helped Obama rise to question whether he would behave in as classy and
non-Clintonian a fashion as they had hoped.
It recalled Obama’s failure to lift a finger to help
Caroline
Kennedy — after she had lifted him at a crucial moment — when the loopy
Gov. David Paterson was dragging her through mud and refusing to
announce a decision on the appointment for the New York Senate seat.
Paterson was being lobbied by a vengeful Bill Clinton. Bill was still
upset at Caroline for bestowing the Camelot mantle, which he had tried
to claim during his campaigns, on Obama. Yet no one from the Obama camp
tried to counteract Bill and straighten out Paterson.
Although a handful of donors were invited to the premiere
state
dinner Tuesday night — as well as erstwhile allies Craig and Hillary —
many donors and passionate supporters are let down by Obama’s
detachment, puzzled at his failure to make them feel invested when he’s
certain to come back to tap their well soon enough.
It is especially puzzling given that Obama faces tough
midterms and
a less-than-certain re-election — and given that we all now know
someone on the unemployment line. (A new poll shows Obama and Sarah
Palin neck and neck among independents, but then it is a Fox survey.)
Bill Clinton may not have cared any more about contributors
than
Obama does, but he was such a talented politician that he made them
feel as though they were in “a warm bath,” as one put it.
Obama is more like a cold shower.
The "I told you so"
moment...perhaps? Hubris?
Obama, Holder predict conviction in 9/11 case
YAHOO
By DEVLIN BARRETT, Associated Press Writer
Nov. 18, 2009
WASHINGTON – From opposite ends of the globe, President Barack Obama
and Attorney General Eric Holder firmly rejected criticism Wednesday of
the planned New York trial of the professed Sept. 11 mastermind and
predicted Khalid Sheikh Mohammed would be exposed as a murderous
coward, convicted and executed.
"Failure is not an option," Holder declared.
The president, in
a series of TV interviews during his trip to Asia, said those offended
by the legal rights accorded Mohammed by virtue of his facing a
civilian trial rather than a military tribunal won't find it "offensive
at all when he's convicted and when the death penalty is applied to
him."
Obama, who is a
lawyer, quickly added that he did not mean to suggest he was prejudging
the outcome of Mohammed's trial. "I'm not going to be in that
courtroom," he said. "That's the job of the prosecutors, the judge and
the jury."
The president said in interviews broadcast on NBC and CNN that
experienced prosecutors in the case who specialize in terrorism have
offered assurances that "we'll convict this person with the evidence
they've got, going through our system."
In Washington, the Senate Judiciary Committee questioned Holder for
hours about his decision to send Mohammed and four others from the U.S.
military detention center at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, to New York for
trial in a federal courthouse blocks from the site of the World Trade
Center towers destroyed in the 9/11 attacks in 2001.
The attorney general said he is certain the men will be convicted, but
even if a suspect were acquitted, "that doesn't mean that person would
be released into our country."
Tempers flared when Sen. Jon Kyl, R-Ariz., challenged Holder to say how
a civilian trial could be the best idea, since Mohammed had previously
sought to plead guilty before a military commission.
"How can you be more likely to get a conviction in a (civilian) court
than that?" pressed Kyl, to applause from some in the hearing room.
The attorney general said his decision was not based "on the whims or
the desires of Khalid Sheikh Mohammed. ... He will not select the
prosecution venue. I will. And I have."
Critics of Holder's decision — mostly Republicans — have argued the
trial will give Mohammed a world stage to spout hateful rhetoric.
Holder said such concerns are misplaced, because judges can control
unruly defendants and any pronouncements by Mohammed would only make
him look worse.
"I have every confidence that the nation and the world will see him for
the coward that he is," Holder told the committee. "I'm not scared of
what Khalid Sheikh Mohammed has to say at trial — and no one else needs
to be, either."
Democrats on the panel were largely supportive of the administration's
decision.
"We're the most powerful nation on earth; we have a justice system that
is the envy of the world. We will not be afraid," said Chairman Patrick
Leahy, D-Vt.
Among the spectators were some relatives of 9/11 victims who disagree
with Holder's plan to put Mohammed, the most senior al-Qaida suspect in
U.S. custody, on public trial.
Opponents of the plan, including Holder's predecessor, Michael Mukasey,
have accused him of adopting a "pre-9/11" approach to terrorism.
Holder emphatically denied that.
"We are at war, and we will use every instrument of national power —
civilian, military, law enforcement, intelligence, diplomatic and
others — to win," Holder said.
But South Carolina
Republican Sen. Lindsey Graham called the decision "a perversion of
justice" by putting wartime enemies into the civilian criminal justice
system. "We're making history, and we're making bad history," Graham
said.
The attorney general said he does not believe holding the trial in New
York — at a federal courthouse that has seen a number of high-profile
terrorism trials in recent decades — will increase the risk of terror
attacks there.
He also voiced support for extra federal money for the city to help
safeguard the area while the trials are under way.
Alice Hoagland, whose son Mark Bingham died aboard Flight 93, spoke
with Holder after the hearing had ended. One of four jetliners hijacked
on 9/11, Flight 93 crashed into a Pennsylvania field after passengers
rushed the cabin.
"We are heartsick and weary of the delays and machinations," said
Hoagland, of Redwood Estates, Calif.
Holder sought to reassure her there was evidence, not yet made public,
that makes federal court the best place to try Mohammed.
"I guess what I'm saying is trust me," the attorney general said
quietly, as reporters and security staff crowded around the pair.
"I will trust you. I will defer judgment," said Hoagland, though she
added she still has serious doubts about his plan.
Broader Measure of U.S.
Unemployment Stands at 17.5%
NYTIMES
By DAVID LEONHARDT
November 7, 2009
For all the pain caused by the Great Recession, the job market still
was not in as bad shape as it had been during the depths of the early
1980s recession — until now.
With the release of the jobs report on Friday, the broadest measure of
unemployment and underemployment tracked by the Labor Department has
reached its highest level in decades. If statistics went back so far,
the measure would almost certainly be at its highest level since the
Great Depression.
In all, more than one out of every six workers — 17.5 percent — were
unemployed or underemployed in October. The previous recorded high was
17.1 percent, in December 1982.
This includes the officially unemployed, who have looked for work in
the last four weeks. It also includes discouraged workers, who have
looked in the past year, as well as millions of part-time workers who
want to be working full time.
The official jobless rate — 10.2 percent in October, up from 9.8
percent in September — remains lower than the early 1980s peak of 10.8
percent.
The rate is highest today, sometimes 20 percent, in states that had big
housing bubbles, like California and Arizona, or that have large
manufacturing sectors, like Michigan, Ohio, Oregon, Rhode Island and
South Carolina.
The new benchmark is a sign of just how much damage financial crises
tend to inflict. A recent book by Carmen M. Reinhart and Kenneth S.
Rogoff, two economists, found that over the last century the typical
crisis had caused the jobless rate in the country where it occurred to
rise for almost five years. By that standard, the jobless rate here
would continue rising for two more years, through the end of 2011.
Most economists predict that the rate will in fact begin to fall next
year, largely because of the federal government’s aggressive response —
fiscal stimulus, interest-rate cuts and a variety of creative steps by
the Federal Reserve and Treasury Department. Friday’s report showed
that monthly job losses continued to slow recently, though the
improvement has been gradual.
At the White House Friday, President Obama signed a bill to extend
unemployment benefits and a tax credit for home buyers, and said that
he was looking at ways to enact more stimulus. On Wednesday, the Fed
announced that it expected to leave its benchmark interest at zero for
“an extended period.”
Nearly 16 million people are now unemployed and more than seven million
jobs have been lost since late 2007.
Officially, the Labor Department’s broad measure of unemployment goes
back only to 1994. But early this year, with the help of economists at
the department, The New York Times created a version that estimates it
going back to 1970. If such a measure were available for the
Depression, it probably would have exceeded 30 percent.
Compared with the early 1980s, a smaller share of workers today are
officially unemployed and a smaller share are considered discouraged
workers.
But there are many more people who would like to be working full time
and have been able to find only part-time work, according to the
government’s monthly survey of workers. The rapid increase in their
ranks and in the officially unemployed has caused the rate to rise much
faster in this recession than in the early 1980s. Two years ago, it was
only 8.2 percent.
One of the more striking aspects of the Great Recession is that most of
its impact has fallen on a relatively narrow group of workers. This is
evident primarily in two ways.
First, the number of people who have experienced any unemployment is
surprisingly low, given the severity of the recession. The pace of
layoffs has increased, but the peak layoff rate this year was the same
as it was during the 2001 recession, which was a fairly mild downturn.
The main reason that the unemployment rate has soared is the hiring
rate has plummeted.
So fewer workers than might be expected have lost their jobs. But those
without work are paying a steep price, because finding a new job is
extremely difficult.
Second, wages have continued to rise for most people who still have
jobs. The average hourly wage for rank-and-file workers, who make up
about four-fifths of the work force, actually accelerated in October,
according to the new report.
Even though some companies have cut the pay of workers, the average
hourly wage has still risen 1.5 to 2.5 percent over the last year,
depending on which government survey is examined. Average weekly pay
has risen less — zero to 1 percent — because hours have been cut. But
average prices have fallen. Altogether, the typical worker has received
a 1 to 2 percent inflation-adjusted raise over the last year.
In the other two severe recessions in recent decades, workers with jobs
fared considerably worse. At the same point in the mid-1970s downturn,
real weekly pay had fallen 7 percent; in the early 1980s recession, it
had fallen 4 percent.
It is a strange combination: workers who still have a job are doing
better than in other deep recessions, but the unemployment and
underemployment have risen to their highest level since the Depression.

A poster of President Barack
Obama, right, by artist
Shepard Fairey is shown for comparison with this file photo of
then-Sen. Barack Obama by Associated Press photographer Manny Garcia.
Garcia/AP; Shepard Fairey
AP says artist made up story about Obama poster
Norwalk HOUR
By HILLEL ITALIE, AP National Writer
October 20, 2009
NEW YORK (AP) -- The Associated Press said Shepard Fairey concocted the
story that he was mistaken about which photo he used to create the
famous Obama HOPE poster.
The news organization also disputes Fairey's contention that he has not
personally profited from the iconic red, white and blue image.
Days after Fairey acknowledged trying to destroy potentially damaging
evidence in his legal battle with the AP, the news organization filed
amended papers in Manhattan federal court on Tuesday accusing the
poster artist of deliberate deception. Until recently, Fairey had
claimed his image was based on a 2006 photo of then-Sen. Barack Obama,
seated next to actor George Clooney. Fairey now says he used a solo,
close-up shot of Obama, as the AP had long alleged.
"It is simply not credible that Fairey somehow forgot in January 2009
which source image he used to create the Infringing Works, which were
completed only a year earlier in January 2008," according to the papers
filed Tuesday.
"It also strains credulity that an experienced graphic designer such as
Shepard Fairey misremembered cropping George Clooney out of a source
image and making other changes ... when no such cropping or other
changes were ever made."
Calls and e-mail messages to Fairey's lead counsel, Anthony Falzone,
and Fairey's publicist, Jay Strell, were not immediately returned.
Fairey sued the not-for-profit news cooperative in February, arguing
that he didn't violate copyright law because he dramatically changed
the image and thus was protected by "fair use" guidelines. The AP
countersued in March, saying the uncredited, uncompensated use of an AP
photo violated copyright laws and signaled a threat to journalism.
"Fair use" is determined, in part, by how much a new work changes an
older one. The photo that Fairey acknowledges using appears closer to
the "HOPE" artwork than does the picture of Obama and Clooney.
Fairey has long contended that he did not make money off of the image,
which has appeared on posters, buttons, shirts and stickers, in books
and in museums, including the National Portrait Gallery in Washington.
But the AP alleged Tuesday that Fairey, through his Obey Clothing
store, has "generated substantial revenue from the commercial
exploitation of the Obama posters on T-shirts and other merchandise."
In the papers filed Tuesday, the AP added Obey Clothing as a
counterclaim defendant.
The photo of Obama and Clooney was taken in April 2006 by Mannie
Garcia, on assignment for the AP, at the National Press Club in
Washington. Garcia, who also shot the solo picture, filed his own suit
in July claiming he owned the copyright.
------
AP Television Writer Frazier Moore in New York contributed to this
report.
Artist Shepard Fairey admits cover-up in
photo flap over Obama 'HOPE'
poster
NYDaily News
THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
Saturday, October 17th 2009, 12:32 PM
NEW YORK - Shepard Fairey's claim that he had the right to use a news
photo to create his famous Barack Obama "HOPE" poster became a widely
watched court case about fair use that now appears to have nearly
collapsed. By Friday night, his attorneys - led by Anthony
Falzone, executive director of the Fair Use Project at Stanford
University - had withdrawn from the case and said the artist had misled
them by fabricating information and destroying other material.
Fairey himself admitted that he didn't use The Associated Press photo
of Obama seated next to actor George Clooney he originally said his
work was based on - which he claimed would have been covered under
"fair use," the legal claim that copyrighted work can be used without
having to pay for it.
Instead he used a picture the news organization has claimed was his
source - a solo picture of the future president seemingly closer to the
iconic red, white and blue image of Obama, underlined with the caption
"HOPE."
Fairey said that he tried to cover up his error by submitting false
images and deleting others. The distinction is critical because
fair use can sometimes be determined by how much of an original image
or work was altered in the creation of a new work. If Fairey
didn't need to significantly alter the image he used - in this case the
solo shot of Obama - then his claim could have been undermined.
Fair use cases also may consider the market value of the copyrighted
material and the intended use of the newly created work.
"Shepard Fairey has now been forced to admit that he sued the AP under
false pretenses by lying about which AP photograph he used," said AP
vice president and general counsel Srinandan R. Kasi.
"Mr. Fairey has also now admitted to the AP that he fabricated and
attempted to destroy other evidence in an effort to bolster his fair
use case and cover up his previous lies and omissions."
Kasi said Fairey's admission struck "at the heart" of Fairey's defense
that he was protected by fair use. Kasi said the AP would continue to
pursue its countersuit alleging that Fairey willfully infringed the
AP's copyright. It was not immediately clear from the statements
issued and court filings if Fairey would continue with his case, but a
person close to Fairey said that the artist would. The person was
not authorized to discuss the case and spoke on condition of anonymity.
Fairey, 39, had claimed he based his "HOPE" drawing on a photo of
then-Sen. Obama seated next to Clooney. The photo was taken in April
2006 by Mannie Garcia, on assignment for the AP, at the National Press
Club in Washington. Fairey now says he started with a solo
photograph of Obama - taken at the same event, by the same
photographer. The AP has long maintained that Fairey used the solo shot
for the poster.
Fairey sued the not-for-profit news cooperative in February, arguing
that he didn't violate copyright law because he dramatically changed
the image. The AP countersued in March, saying the uncredited,
uncompensated use of an AP photo violated copyright laws and signaled a
threat to journalism. Fairey, a Los Angeles-based street artist
with a long, often proud history of breaking rules, said in a statement
Friday that he was wrong about which photo he used and that he tried to
hide his error.
"In an attempt to conceal my mistake, I submitted false images and
deleted other images," said Fairey. "I sincerely apologize for my lapse
in judgment, and I take full responsibility for my actions, which were
mine alone."
He said he was taking steps to correct the information and regretted
that he didn't come forward sooner. Attorneys for Fairey have
withdrawn and, in papers filed Friday in federal court in Manhattan,
stated that he misled them. They also amended the original court
documents, reflecting that Fairey used a different picture. "Mr. Fairey
was apparently mistaken about the photograph he used when his original
complaint for declaratory relief was filed on February 9, 2009," the
papers say.
"After the original complaint was filed, Mr. Fairey realized his
mistake. Instead of acknowledging that mistake, Mr. Fairey attempted to
delete the electronic files he had used in creating the illustration at
issue.
He also created, and delivered to his counsel for production, new
documents to make it appear as though he had used the Clooney
photograph as his reference." Although he said he was "very sorry to
have hurt and disappointed colleagues, friends, and family," Fairey
said that the real issue was "the right to fair use" so artists can
create freely.
"Regardless of which of the two images was used," he said, "the fair
use issue should be the same."
The dispute between Fairey and the AP has led to a strong debate
between artists and free speech advocates defending Fairey and
photographers and journalism organizations citing the need for
copyright protection.
The "HOPE" image has appeared on countless posters, stickers and
buttons. It has appeared in several books and in numerous museums,
including a mixed-media stenciled collage version added to the
permanent collection of the National Portrait Gallery in
Washington. Fairey also used the AP photograph for an image
designed specially for the Obama inaugural committee, which charged
anywhere from $100 for a poster to $500 for a poster signed by the
artist. It is unclear how much, in total, Fairey may have earned from
the design.
Fairey has said that he first designed the image in early 2008, after
he was encouraged by the Obama campaign to come up with some kind of
artwork. The AP plans to donate any proceeds received for past
use of the photo to the AP Emergency Relief Fund, which assists
staffers and their families around the world who are victims of natural
disasters and conflicts.
In February 2009, Fairey was arrested when he went to Boston for an
event kicking off his solo exhibit at the Institute of Contemporary
Art, among the most popular in the museum's more than 70-year
history.
He faced dozens of vandalism charges, but nearly all were dropped. He
pleaded guilty to three misdemeanor charges last summer and was
sentenced to two years probation.
Working together better...the aim
of Obama administration bureaucrats. More layers of
government...read about one example here.
THEME SONG OF
ADMINISTRATION?



Blaming
the First Lady for Chicago ouster in first round? Not funny.
Since he bothered to go at all, he should have stayed and made them
do it to his face - just our opinion.
'Let me be clear' ... President Obama
overuses the phrase 'Let me be clear'
NY Daily News
THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
Tuesday, October 13th 2009, 10:15 AM
WASHINGTON — For all his flourish, President Barack Obama sure falls
back on a few familiar phrases. Make no mistake. Change isn't
easy. It won't happen overnight. There will be setbacks and false
starts.
Those who routinely listen to the president have come to expect some of
those expressions to pop up in almost every speech. (That includes you,
cynics and naysayers, the ones Obama mentions all the time without
identifying who is saying nay.) Yet in the portfolio of
presidential phrases, none is more pervasive than Obama's four-word
favorite: Let me be clear.
It is his emphatic windup for, well, everything.
"Let me be clear," he said in describing his surprise at winning the
Nobel Peace Prize. "I do not view it as a recognition of my own
accomplishments, but rather as an affirmation of American leadership on
behalf of aspirations held by people in all nations."
"Let me be clear," he said in one of his dozens of pitches for a health
insurance overhaul. "If you like your doctor or health care provider,
you can keep them."
Presidents talk so much in public that is not surprising to find
rhetorical patterns. Although Obama is known for a flair with the
written and spoken word, his hardest mission is often to make
complicated matters relevant to the masses. So clarity, it seems,
is of the highest order.
Terrorists? "Now let me be clear: We are indeed at war with al-Qaida
and its affiliates."
Student testing? "Let me be clear: Success should be judged by results,
and data is a powerful tool to determine results."
Iran? "Let me be clear: Iran's nuclear and ballistic missile activity
poses a real threat, not just to the United States, but to Iran's
neighbors and our allies."
Auto bailouts? "Let me be clear: The United States government has no
interest in running GM."
The president takes the phrase everywhere.
In Moscow: "Let me be clear: America wants a strong, peaceful, and
prosperous Russia."
In Ghana: "Let me be clear: Africa is not the crude caricature of a
continent at perpetual war."
In Italy, bemoaning poor U.S. leadership on climate change: "Let me be
clear: Those days are over."
In Trinidad, announcing new aid: "Let me be clear: This is not charity."
Obama has used the same phrase, or a variation of it, to make his point
about the strategy in Iraq, the war in Afghanistan, U.S.-China
relations, bipartisanship, pet legislative projects and Turkey's bid to
join the European Union. He has relied on it to look ahead ("Let
me be clear: We pay for this
plan," Obama says of his college initiative) and to look back ("Let me
be clear: Those ideas have been tested, and they have failed" he says
of economic models he dislikes.)
White House spokesman Josh Earnest says Obama's style, which he
referred to as presidential throat "clearing," is purposeful.
"While some in Washington seek political advantage by hiding behind
ambiguity," Earnest said, "the president regularly seeks to make it
clear where he stands and what he intends to do."
Perhaps the nation should have seen this coming. Candidate Obama set
the tone.
"Let me be clear: It's outrageous that we find ourselves in a position
where taxpayers must bear the burden for the greed and irresponsibility
of Wall Street and Washington," Obama said in September 2008.
There must be something catchy to all this. The people around Obama are
just as insistent. Here's Vice President Joe Biden, assuring
members of Georgia's
Parliament that U.S. efforts to reset relations with Russia wouldn't
come at their expense: "Let me be clear: They have not, they will not,
and they cannot." And senior adviser David Axelrod, on missed
legislative deadlines on
health care: "Let me be clear. We're less interested in hard deadlines
than in moving the process forward."
Lest anyone get too serious about this, Obama has lightened the mood
with the phrase, too. He made state lawmakers laugh when he said the
massive taxpayer-financed stimulus plan wouldn't be spent on frivolous
projects such as dog parks.
"Now, let me be clear," Obama said in March, before Bo the dog arrived.
"I don't have anything against dog parks."
Clearly.
Beware
Premature Prizes

Semi-regular thoughts on foreign affairs, politics, and books, from
George Packer
October 9, 2009
President Obama should thank the Nobel committee and ask them to hold
on to the Peace Prize for a couple more years. The prize should be
awarded for achievement, not aspiration, and so far Obama’s main
achievement has been getting elected President, which is in a different
category. He shouldn’t contribute to the unfair accusation that he is
all talk by accepting an award based on speeches he gave in Berlin,
Prague, and Cairo. Europeans’ relief in seeing the last of George W.
Bush and their adoration of Obama are entirely understandable, but in
the U.S. we've moved on from November 4, 2008, and these days Obama
is—in a way that's both inevitable and healthy—a working President,
with his share of troubles and mistakes, who is trying to get some
difficult things done but hasn’t come close to accomplishing them yet.
This seems like a prize for Europeans, not Americans, and I worry that
at home it will damage him politically by reinforcing the notion that
he is—and will be—a world icon rather than a successful President. I
don’t mind him being the former, but I most want him to be the latter.
Not even a Rookie of the Year is ready to be elected to the Hall of
Fame. I’m afraid this prize will be bad for Obama. For political
reasons and on the merits, he should paraphrase Shakespeare to the
Nobel committee: “As you shall prove me, praise me."
Op-Ed Columnist
The
Rabbit Ragu Democrats
By FRANK RICH
October 4, 2009
IN the annals of American excess,
there often arrives a moment when those with too much money, too much
clout and too much hubris just can’t stop themselves from tempting the
fates. They throw an over-the-top party in public, or parade their
wealth and power before the press, and the next thing you know their
world, and sometimes ours, has crashed.
In the go-go Reagan 1980s, the junk
bond king Michael Milken bedazzled investors with lavish Predators’
Balls in Beverly Hills. Sure enough, he and Wall Street would end the
decade in ruin. Back East, the financier Saul Steinberg celebrated his
50th birthday in 1989 with a $1 million party in the Hamptons. “Honey,
if this moment were a stock, I’d short it,” he said when toasting his
wife. He would soon suffer a stroke and see his company go bankrupt.
Steinberg sold his vast New York
apartment to the private equity titan Stephen Schwarzman. In February
2007, Schwarzman marked his 60th birthday with a highly visible
multimillion-dollar bacchanal in the Park Avenue Armory. Though
Schwarzman hasn’t suffered much since — he is tied for 50th on the new
Forbes list of the 400 wealthiest Americans — his bash presaged the
bust to come. He became, as James Stewart wrote in The New Yorker, “the
designated villain of an era on Wall Street — an era of rapacious
capitalists and heedless self-indulgence.”
It’s in this context that you have
to wonder what some of the Obama era’s most moneyed and White
House-connected lobbyists were thinking as they preened before a
Washington Post reporter recently for two lengthy articles. We’re not
even nine months into the new administration, yet these swaggering,
utterly un-self-aware influence peddlers seem determined to prove that
nothing except the party affiliations has changed in the Beltway’s
pay-for-play culture since Tom DeLay. If these lobbyists were stocks,
I’d short them.
One of the articles focused on
Heather Podesta — “The It Girl of a New Generation of Lobbyists” — who
lobbies for health care players like Eli Lilly, HealthSouth and Cigna.
Podesta is half of what The Post has called a “mega-lobbying” couple.
Her husband, with his own separate (and larger) lobbying shop, is Tony
Podesta, the brother of John Podesta, the Clinton White House chief of
staff who ran the Obama transition. Back in November, Tony Podesta told
The Times that only “very unsophisticated” clients would hire his firm
because of his brother’s role in assembling the new administration.
That encyclopedic and ever-expanding list of “unsophisticated” clients
includes Amgen and the American Coalition for Clean Coal Electricity —
and that’s just among the A’s. His business was up 57 percent from last
year in the first six months of 2009. Heather Podesta’s was up 65
percent.
When we first meet Heather Podesta
in The Post, she is being bussed on the cheek by Charles Rangel at his
August birthday party at New York’s Tavern on the Green. In keeping
with the usual pattern of blowback, it took only one day after the
article appeared for The Times to report that Rangel, the ethically
challenged chairman of the House Ways and Means Committee, was guilty
of yet another lapse: He’d neglected to list at least $500,000 in
assets on his 2007 Congressional disclosure form. As if that were not
karmic retribution enough, Tavern on the Green filed for bankruptcy
just days after that.
The second Post article, on the
front page two weeks ago, described the scene, as well as the rabbit
ragu, at Ristorante Tosca, the lobbyists’ hangout on F Street in
downtown Washington. The Post did not mention that it is just four
blocks away from the location of the now defunct Signatures, the
restaurant whose owner, Jack Abramoff, was the go-to fixer of the DeLay
“K Street project” before scandal brought him down.
The stars of Tosca’s “Power
Section,” we learned, include the Podestas, Tom Daschle (“not
technically a registered lobbyist” but, as The Post put it, “a ‘special
policy adviser’ — wink wink”) and Steve Elmendorf (who “eats lunch out
only at Tosca”). Elmendorf was chief of staff to the former Democratic
House leader Dick Gephardt. A quick visit to opensecrets.org reveals
that Elmendorf Strategies’ client list includes Citigroup and Goldman
Sachs, among other players in the coming battle over financial
regulation reform. Then again, as The Nation details in its current
issue, Gephardt has also lobbied for Goldman, among many other
corporate clients in opposition to the populist policies he once
championed.
Barack Obama promised a change from
this revolving-door, behind-closed-doors collaboration between special
interests and government. He vowed to “do our business in the light of
day” — with health care negotiations broadcast on C-Span — and to
“restore the vital trust between people and their government.” He said,
“I intend to tell the corporate lobbyists that their days of setting
the agenda in Washington are over.” That those lobbyists would so
extravagantly flaunt their undiminished role shows just how little they
believe that a new sheriff has arrived in Dodge.
In his scathing Wall Street Journal
column on The Post articles last week, Thomas Frank crystallized the
gap between Obama’s pledge and this reality. “There is something
uniquely depressing about the fact that the National Portrait Gallery’s
version of the Barack Obama ‘Hope’ poster previously belonged to a pair
of lobbyists.” That’s no joke: It was donated by Tony and Heather
Podesta.
Obama’s promise to make Americans
trust the government again was not just another campaign bullet point;
it’s the foundation of his brand of governance and essential to his
success in office. At the first anniversary of the TARP bailout of the
banks, we can see how far he has to go. Americans’ continued suspicion
that Washington is in cahoots with powerful interests in joints like
Tosca is contributing to their confusion and skepticism about what’s
happening out of view in the battle over health care reform.
The public is not wrong. The
administration’s legislative deals with the pharmaceutical companies
were made in back rooms. Business Week reported in early August that
the UnitedHealth Group and its fellow insurance giants had already
quietly rounded up moderate Democrats in the House to block any public
health care option that would compete with them for business.
UnitedHealth’s hired Beltway gunslingers include both Elmendorf
Strategies and Daschle, a public supporter of the public option who
nonetheless does some of his “wink, wink” counseling for UnitedHealth.
The company’s in-house lobbyist is a former chief of staff to Steny
Hoyer, the House majority leader. Gephardt consults there too.
But it’s not as if the Republicans
now have the public’s back. DeLay may be reduced these days to
violating public taste rather than the public trust on “Dancing With
the Stars,” but back on Capitol Hill, his successors keep the K Street
faith. In their campaign to kill the public option, G.O.P. leaders
often cite data from the Lewin Group, a research company, which has
projected that 88 million Americans might quit their private insurance
plans if given a government alternative. (The Congressional Budget
Office puts the figure at the far less earthshaking 10 to 11 million.)
Lewin, which repeatedly insists it’s still a nonpartisan outfit, was
actually bought by a subsidiary of UnitedHealth in 2007. The Huffington
Post reported in August that John Boehner and Eric Cantor — who use
Lewin’s findings to scare voters about a “government takeover” of
health care — are big recipients of UnitedHealth campaign cash.
Next up will be the overhaul of
financial regulations. With job seekers now outnumbering job openings 6
to 1 in America, many still wonder why most of the big-dog culprits who
helped speed the national meltdown — from lying and gambling bankers to
shyster subprime mortgage packagers to executives at delinquent ratings
agencies — have not shared their pain. In his speech marking the
anniversary of Lehman Brothers’ failure, Obama chastised Wall Street
for having taken irresponsible risks. But of course it is already back
doing exactly that.
Meanwhile, we’re hearing of
behind-the-scenes Congressional softening of perhaps the most promising
component of the White House’s modest financial regulatory package, a
Consumer Financial Protection Agency. Real-estate brokerages are being
exempted from its purview, and banks will not be required to offer
“plain vanilla” mortgages. As in health care, the question of what the
White House will really fight for in financial reform remains open.
While the ostentatious daily predators’ ball at Ristorante Tosca is a
bad omen, we don’t know yet whether that omen is for the lobbyists, or
the Obama administration, or both.
This
is history that the president
still has the power to write. It will be written in the bills he will
or won’t sign into law. We can only hope that he learned an important
lesson from his stunning failure to secure Olympic gold for his
political home of Chicago last week. If the Olympic committee has the
audacity to stand up to a lobbyist as powerful as the president of the
United States, then surely the president of the United States can stand
up to the powerful interests angling to defeat his promise of reform.
It was
like a sprint relay - bad baton pass!
For Obama,
an Unsuccessful Campaign
NYTIMES
By PETER BAKER and JEFF ZELENY
October 3, 2009
WASHINGTON — President Obama not only failed to bring home the gold, he
could not even muster the silver or bronze.
A 20-hour mission across the ocean to persuade the International
Olympic Committee to give the Summer Games of 2016 to Chicago ended
with the president’s adopted hometown finishing fourth of four
candidate cities.
Although Chicago might have lost to Rio de Janeiro for reasons that had
little to do with Mr. Obama, the fact that he made himself the face of
its bid invariably meant that its defeat would be taken as a stinging
rejection of its favorite son.
Losing out on the Olympics, of course, is not the sort of war-and-peace
issue that defines a presidency, and the embarrassment will presumably
fade in a news cycle or two. But it provides fodder for critics who are
already using it as a metaphor for a president who, in their view,
focuses on the wrong priorities and overestimates his capacity to
persuade the world to follow his lead.
Mr. Obama looked glum as he returned to Washington on Friday afternoon
and said, “I wish that we had come back with better news from
Copenhagen.” He portrayed the defeat as if it were little more than a
lost game of pickup basketball. “One of the things that I think is most
valuable about sports is that you can play a great game and still not
win,” he said in the Rose Garden.
Republicans excoriated Mr. Obama’s decision to go in the first place,
even sending out an e-mail statement while he was addressing the
committee in Copenhagen with the subject line “Wrong Priorities.”
Republicans also quickly linked the failed effort to Friday’s jobs
report, which showed the unemployment rate ticking up to 9.8 percent in
September.
“Our country needs the president’s undivided attention on the urgent
issues facing American families today: rising unemployment, soaring
health care costs, winning the war in Afghanistan and dealing with
Iran’s nuclear threat,” said Michael Steele, chairman of the Republican
National Committee.
Some International Olympic Committee members said that the vote was not
a rejection of Mr. Obama and that his presentation was formidable.
Richard W. Pound, a committee member from Canada, said that the other
cities wanted to knock Chicago out early because they thought it would
have been more difficult to do so in the later rounds.
“I’m sure that a lot of the political maneuvering was based on the fact
that Obama was probably going to come and was coming, so they said,
‘We’ve got to keep Chicago out of play or we’re all dead,’ ” said
Mr.
Pound, who added, “I think he made a lot of friends here, got a lot of
respect.”
In Chicago, the disappointment was deep but not aimed at the president.
A city preparing for a victory rally — even the famed Picasso in Daley
Plaza was decorated with an enormous Olympic medal — reacted with
silence and disappointment.
Barry Bowlus, one of those waiting in Daley Plaza, said that at least
Mr. Obama had tried. Had he not gone at all, Mr. Bowlus said, “there
would have been a lot more heck for him to pay around here.”
Mr. Obama’s decision to become the first American president to lobby
the Olympic committee in person, just two weeks after saying he was too
busy with health care legislation, was a gamble from the start. It was
predicated on the theory that Mr. Obama’s star power overseas — “the
best brand in the world,” as his advisers have put it — was luminescent
enough to make the difference.
Given that Mr. Obama flew overnight and made his presentation about 3
a.m. Washington time, Robert Gibbs, the White House press secretary,
said it consumed few regular work hours that would have gone to other
priorities. Mr. Obama also used the opportunity to meet for 25 minutes
with his commander in Afghanistan, Gen. Stanley A. McChrystal, who flew
to Copenhagen from London, where he was on business. “The biggest loss
of anything on this trip was sleep,” Mr. Gibbs said.
How much it cost taxpayers to fly Air Force One and its backup plane,
transport the armored presidential limousines across the ocean and
provide security for the whirlwind trip was uncertain.
Mr. Obama was in Copenhagen for just five hours and did not stay for
the vote. He learned Chicago lost in the first round while watching a
CNN transmission whose signal cut in and out as Air Force One passed
over Cabot Strait between Newfoundland and Nova Scotia.
A sense of stunned bewilderment suffused Air Force One and the White
House. Only after the defeat did many advisers ask questions about the
byzantine politics of the Olympic committee. Valerie Jarrett, the
president’s senior adviser and a Chicago booster who persuaded him to
make the trip while at the United Nations last week, had repeatedly
compared the contest to the Iowa caucuses.
But officials said the administration did not independently verify
Chicago’s chances, relying instead on the Chicago 2016 committee
assertions that the city had enough support to finish in the top two.
Mr. Obama, Michelle Obama, Vice President Joseph R. Biden Jr. and Ms.
Jarrett worked the phones in recent weeks without coming away with a
sense of how behind Chicago really was.
“Most of our information came from the committee and the Chicago
folks,” said David Axelrod, a senior adviser to the president. “But I
don’t want to leave the impression that somehow we went on the basis of
faulty information. We went because it was the right thing to do.”
When Chicago was eliminated in the first round after receiving only 18
of 94 votes, senior Democrats began debating whether it had been wise
for the president to become so invested in the bid. But with Mr. Obama
flying back to Washington and out of pocket for hours, Mr. Axelrod
rushed onto television to defend the effort.
“I don’t view this as a repudiation of the president and the first
lady,” he said. “He would do it again if he had the opportunity.”
Still, several friends and aides to Mr. Obama said Friday’s outcome had
a similar feeling to the campaign’s loss in the New Hampshire
primary.
But unlike the presidential race, the quest to host the Olympic Games
had no more contests to go.
Monica Davey contributed reporting
from Chicago and Juliet Macur from Copenhagen.
Chicago Loses Bid for 2016 Olympic Games
NYTIMES
By JULIET MACUR and LYNN ZINSER
October
3, 2009
COPENHAGEN — The International Olympic Committee delivered a stunning
blow to Chicago’s bid for the 2016 Olympics, knocking it out of the
voting in the first round Friday, leaving Rio de Janeiro and Madrid
waiting for the announcement which city will host the Games. Tokyo was
eliminated in the second round.
I.O.C. president Jacques Rogge made the announcement as the first round
concluded, a surprisingly early exit, especially because of President
Barack Obama’s whirlwind trip to boost the bid of his adopted city. Mr.
Obama was the first American president to make an in-person appeal for
a bid city and first lady Michelle Obama had also come earlier this
week to lobby I.O.C. members for votes. Chicago’s bid leaders had
worked for nearly four years and spent close to $50 million to bring
the Olympics to the United States for the first time in 20 years.
Chicago had been considered among Olympic insiders as a favorite to win
the Games, along with Rio.
Throngs watching the voting in downtown Chicago’s Daley Plaza gasped in
disappointment as the announcement was made. United States
Olympic Committee leaders appeared stunned by the news and had no
comment as they left the voting hall. Mr. Obama was flying back to
Washington at the time of the vote. The announcement of the
winner is expected at 6:30 p.m. local time, 12:30 Eastern time.
Teams from the four candidate cities — Chicago, Madrid, Rio de Janeiro,
and Tokyo — delivered their final presentations to the 104-member
I.O.C. and answered every lingering question about the strengths and
weaknesses of their bids earlier Friday. A 10-person Chicago bid
team, led by the president and Mrs. Obama, put on a presentation heavy
on emotion and visual images without getting too deep into he details
of the the bid.
“To host athletes and visitors from every corner of the globe is a high
honor and a great responsibility,” Mr. Obama whose Chicago home is a
short walk from the prospective Olympic Stadium. “And America is ready
and eager to assume that sacred trust.”
In the official question-and-answer session following the Chicago
presentation, Syed Shahid Ali, an I.O.C. member from Pakistan, asked
the toughest question. He wondered how smooth it would be for
foreigners to enter the United States for the Games because doing so
can sometimes, he said, be “a rather harrowing experience.”
Mrs. Obama tapped the bid leader Patrick G. Ryan, so Mr. Obama could
field that question.
“One of the legacies I want to see is a reminder that America at its
best is open to the world,” he said, before adding that the White House
and State Department would make sure that all visitors would feel
welcome.
Tokyo went next and tried to overcome impressions conveyed by I.O.C.
evaluations that its bid was lacking. The bid team emphasized to the
committee how environmentally friendly its plans are and the positive
impact an Olympics would have on the youth of Japan.
“A lot of I.O.C. members suggested that we needed more passion and
emotion,” bid leader Dr. Ichiro Kono said afterward. “We wanted to show
that.”
“It would be the best Olympic Games for the preservation of the world,”
Tokyo Governor Shintaro Ishihara said, referring to how green Tokyo’s
Games would be.
Rio de Janeiro, considered by Olympic insiders a front-runner along
with Chicago, followed Tokyo. Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva,
president of Brazil, gave an impassioned speech to the membership,
focusing Rio de Janeiro’s hope to host South America’s first Olympics.
He said that of the top 10 economic powers in the world, Brazil is the
only one not to host an Olympics.
“For the others it would be just one more Games, for us it would be an
unparalleled opportunity,” he said. “It would send a message the
Olympic Games belong to all people, all continents and all humanity.
He added, “Give us this chance and you will not regret it, be sure.”
The Rio bid also tried to dispel worries about crime.
“We know that some of you have questions about security,” Rio de
Janeiro state Governor Sergio Cabral said, as he addressed the
committee. “Changes have been made, happily as a result of sport.”
Cabral pointed out that at the 2007 Pan American Games, which were held
in Rio de Janeiro, “saw no incidents large or small.”
Madrid gave its presentation last, as Spain made is fourth consecutive
pitch to host an Olympics. Madrid was voted out of the competition for
the 2012 Games in the third round after gathering the most votes in the
previous round.
Presenters focused on the mantra, “Sport makes us equal. It makes us
better,” and emphasized that Madrid enjoys more support among its
residents than competing cities. In an opinion poll commissioned by the
I.O.C. for the last technical evaluation, the Games had 85 percent
support in Madrid and 86 percent nationally.
“Our candidacy is reliable because it is united politically and united
with the feelings of the population and because it has shown that it
could learn and improve,” Spanish prime minister José Luis
Rodríguez Zapatero said when addressing the I.O.C. members.
Former I.O.C. president Juan Antonio Samaranch went as far as asking
the I.O.C. members for a personal favor when he addressed the crowded
room.
“Dear colleagues, I know I’m very near the end of my time, I’m 89 years
old,” he said. “I ask you to consider granting my country the honor and
also the duty to organize the Games and Paralympic Games in 2016.”
After Madrid finished, the I.O.C. disappeared behind closed doors to
vote. The eligible voters cast their votes electronically – and
secretly. The members from countries vying for the bid must sit out
until their city is eliminated. (The United States has two I.O.C.
members.) If no city receives a majority of the votes in the first
round, the city with the lowest number of votes is dropped from the
ballot. If there is a tie in the final round, I.O.C. President Jacques
Rogge steps in to vote or asks the I.O.C. executive board to break the
deadlock. The United States does not have a member on that board.
Chicago spent nearly $50 million preparing its bid and is trying to
bring the Summer Games to the United States for the first time since
the 1996 Atlanta Olympics. The last time a United States city hosted
any Olympics was the Salt Lake City Winter Games in 2002.
Smiling and waving as he left the convention center to fly home, Mr.
Obama said, “The only thing I’m upset about is that they arranged for
me to follow Michelle. That’s always bad.” The United States Olympic
Committee chairman, Larry Probst, Chicago Mayor Richard M. Daley and
two athletes — Olympic champion decathlete Bryan Clay and former
Paralympian Linda Mastandrea — also spoke during the 45-minute
presentation that was designed not to be too flashy.
“Our intent was to demonstrate to them we will be good partners and
that we are people they could trust,” Doug Arnot, director of sports
and operations for Chicago 2016.
The delegation’s presentation started with a video montage of Chicago,
including bikini-wearing volleyball players on Lake Michigan beaches.
The song, “Sweet Home Chicago” played in the background. “It made me
miss home,” Mr. Obama said. The last time around, in the
competition to host the 2012 Games, London beat Paris by the slim
margin of 54-50. New York City’s bid was eliminated in the second round
of voting.
Every bid team brought distinguished leaders, including King Juan
Carlos for Spain and Prime Minister Yukio Hatoyama for Japan.
Dozens of Olympians have flooded the city to lobby for their city’s
cause, including the Brazilian soccer legend Pelé.
“In these last few days, it’s all about momentum,” one I.O.C. member,
Dick Pound, of Canada, said. “Every city knows that.”
With Mrs. Obama and Oprah Winfrey headlining the delegation, the
Chicago team has been reminding I.O.C. members of their Olympic plan,
which would put the Games along the shoreline of Lake Michigan and in
century-old city parks, with Chicago’s dramatic skyline as the
backdrop. The Chicago City Council voted 49-0 to cover any financial
shortfalls, which is a first for a U.S. bid.
“Some of what the I.O.C. considers has nothing to do with the strength
of the bids themselves,” said Frank Lavin, the former U.S. ambassador
to Singapore, who worked on New York City’s failed bid to host the 2012
Games.
“A lot of it is political and that encompasses different levels:
international politics, personalities, internal I.O.C. politics,” he
said.
EDITORIAL: At the president's pleasure
THE WASHINGTON TIMES
Monday, September 28, 2009
A teacher was told by a
15-year-old high school sophomore that he was having homosexual sex
with an "older man." At the very least, statutory rape occurred. Fox
News reported that the teacher violated a state law requiring that he
report the abuse. That former teacher, Kevin Jennings, is President
Obama's "safe school czar." It's getting hard to keep track of all of
this president's problematic appointments. Clearly, the process for
vetting White House employees has broken down.
In this one case in which Mr. Jennings had a real chance to protect a
young boy from a sexual predator, he not only failed to do what the law
required but actually encouraged the relationship.
According to Mr. Jennings' own description in a new audiotape
discovered by Fox News, the 15-year-old boy met the "older man" in a
"bus station bathroom" and was taken to the older man's home that
night. When some details about the case became public, Mr. Jennings
threatened to sue another teacher who called his failure to report the
statutory rape "unethical." Mr. Jennings' defenders asserted that there
was no evidence that he was aware the student had sex with the older
man.
However, the new audiotape contradicts this claim. In 2000, Mr.
Jennings gave a talk to the Iowa chapter of the Gay, Lesbian and
Straight Education Network, an advocacy group that promotes
homosexuality in schools. On the tape, Mr. Jennings recollected that he
told the student to make sure "to use a condom" when he was with the
older man. That he actively encouraged the relationship is reinforced
by Mr. Jennings' own description in his 1994 book, "One Teacher in 10."
In that account, the teacher boasts how he allayed the student's
concerns about the relationship to such a degree that the 15-year-old
"left my office with a smile on his face that I would see every time I
saw him on the campus for the next two years, until he graduated."
Mr. Jennings' denials about these events reveal a lack of remorse. He
has not admitted that he made mistakes in this case, and he now refuses
to answer any questions about the scandal. Don't forget, this is a
presidential appointee we're talking about. Mr. Obama should make clear
what his standards are for public servants serving at the pleasure of
the president. Encouraging and covering up man-boy sexual activity are
serious offenses. The White House should force Mr. Jennings to come
clean.
Mr. Jennings has made extremely radical statements promoting
homosexuality in schools and about his utter contempt for religion that
render him unsuitable for a prestigious White House appointment. His
job in the Obama administration is to ensure student safety, and this
scandal directly calls into question his ability to perform that job.
Mr. Jennings and Obama administration officials refuse to answer any
questions about this newly discovered evidence. A lot of Americans want
answers about this guy and how he was approved for a job in the White
House.

So you want to know why this photo is in place of the
obvious one, subject of this article? I guess you didn't major in
Art History or follow the art world theft list!
All the news that fits we
print department, 2009
Van Jones — unfit for print
NYPOST
By KYLE SMITH
Last Updated: 3:51 AM,
September 13, 2009
Posted: 1:10 AM, September 13, 2009
“This is not an excuse,” the managing editor of The New York Times said
after offering the following excuse for completely missing the Van
Jones story, except in a blog post: “Our Washington bureau was somewhat
short-staffed during the height of the pre-Labor Day vacation period.”
Here’s how long-staffed The New York Times actually is. Long after
Glenn Beck reported — back in July — that Jones was history’s first
communist czar, and even after Gateway Pundit reported, on Sept. 3,
that Jones had signed a wackadoodle 9/11 “truther” petition, The Times
sent two reporters to Boston (in a story published Friday, Sept. 4) to
pre-report the non-story of Joseph P. Kennedy II’s run for Ted
Kennedy’s seat. (He later said he wasn’t interested. Also, the picture
of Joseph the Times ran was actually of his brother Max.)
On Sept. 5 (still no word about Van Jones being a Red Green), the
Times’ crack political team informed us that the Naked Cowboy was
dropping out of the mayoral race.
On Sept. 6, The Times broke the story that “Diane Sawyer, coolly regal,
is a born anchor, albeit in an ever-evaporating sea” and, under a piece
headlined “Reading Underground,” gave us all food for thought with the
subhed, “Even while pressed against strangers, even while stumbling
home from a party, New Yorkers read on the subway.”
Granted, the Times must devote a lot of personpower to its vast
corrections column. But if it is so flush that it can afford to hire,
like the boy with the shovel who follows the elephant in the parade, a
personal fact checker for TV critic Alessandra Stanley, surely it can
scrounge up an intern to report that there’s a communist truther
working as the president’s green jobs czar, or that a congressman was
demanding his resignation (Sept. 4).
Jill Abramson, the managing editor, admitted only to being “a beat
behind” the story but added that the paper had caught up — after the
saga was over. The EMS equivalent of this statement would be, “Sorry I
didn’t take your 911 call for four days. At least I was in time for the
funeral.”
Although Abramson’s excuse was not an excuse, she proceeded to offer
another one: “Mr. Jones was not a high-ranking official.”
Oh. And here I was, thinking that he was “one of Mr. Obama’s top
advisers,” as I was told by, well, The Times, on its Caucus blog on
Sept. 5. Confusing, confusing.
Only in Timesland can you be in charge of doling out $80 billion in
contracts (“A Small White House Program” — The Times’ John M. Broder,
on Sept. 6) and be less important than the Naked Cowboy.
The Times was aware of the story, knew it was bigger than most of the
stuff it puts in the paper every day, and had plenty of resources to
cover it.
But The Times purposely ignored it because it was hoping that the story
would go away, because it likes people like Comrade Jones and was
hoping he wouldn’t be forced out. The Times doesn’t like people like
Glenn Beck and didn’t want him to be able to claim Jones’s scalp. The
Times’ prejudice blinded it to the fact that Jones’ fall became obvious
on Friday, when a White House spokesman refused to defend him.
Newspaper of record? The Times isn’t so much a newspaper as a clique of
high school girls sending IMs to like-minded friends about their feuds
and faves and raves and rants. OMFG you guys! It’s no more objective
than Beck is.
Jones wasn’t an obscure functionary. There was a huge profile devoted
to him in The New Yorker back in January. He was a “legendary figure”
in the environmental movement, says The Washington Post. He got four
breathless fanzine pages devoted to him in Times columnist Thomas
Friedman’s bestselling book, “Hot, Flat and Crowded.” He was a rising
cstar, maybe even a supercstar.
To date, The Times has still not told its readers that Jones is or was
a communist, calling this notion merely a charge made only by
Republicans — we all know how nutty they are! — not as a fact.
Yet Jones said in 2005, “By August [of 1991], I was a communist” and “I
met all these young radical people of color — I mean really radical,
communists and anarchists. And it was, like, ‘This is what I need to be
a part of.’ ” If Comrade Jones has disavowed communism, I couldn’t find
any mention of it.
The Times continues to treat communism as a cute campus peccadillo like
pot smoking or nude streaking. A Times think piece (Sept. 9) worried
that Jones’ fall was “swift and personal.” Being a communist is
personal but being the pregnant teen daughter of a vice presidential
candidate is public business?
Beck doesn’t claim to be neutral, and neither should The Times. It
doesn’t have to report both sides of the news any more than Beck has to
give equal time to Janeane Garofalo.
But — in both cases — wouldn’t that be fun?
Since this is the
"faux NYTIMES" page, we thought this column reprint might fit (not necessarily the opinion of
the management here)
Charlatan-in-Chief: The core of Obama’s medical-care plan is the
promise of something for nothing.
Washington Times
By Thomas Sowell
September 11, 2009
‘Hubris-laden charlatans” was the way a recent e-mail from a reader
characterized the Obama administration. That phrase seems especially
appropriate for the Charlatan-in-Chief, Barack Obama, whose speech to
the joint session of Congress was both a masterpiece of rhetoric and a
shameless fraud.
To tell us, with a straight face, that he can insure millions more
people without adding to the already skyrocketing deficit is
world-class chutzpah and an insult to anyone’s intelligence. To do so
after an analysis by the Congressional Budget Office has already showed
this to be impossible reveals the depths of moral bankruptcy behind the
glittering words.
Did we really need CBO experts to tell us that there is no free lunch?
Some people probably did, and the true believers in the Obama cult may
still believe the president, instead of believing either common sense
or budget experts.
Even those who can believe that Obama can conjure up the money through
eliminating “waste, fraud, and abuse” should ask themselves where he is
going to conjure up the additional doctors, nurses, and hospitals
needed to take care of millions more patients.
If he can’t pull off that miracle, then government-run medical care in
the United States can be expected to produce what government-run
medical care in Canada, Britain, and other countries has produced —
delays of weeks or months to get many treatments, not to mention
arbitrary rationing decisions by bureaucrats.
Obama can deny it in words, but what matters is deeds. And no one’s
words have been more repeatedly the direct opposite of his deeds —
whether the issue is how his election campaign would be financed, how
he would not rush legislation through Congress, or how his
administration was not going to go after CIA agents for their past
efforts to extract information from captured terrorists.
President Obama has also declared emphatically that he will not
interfere in the internal affairs of other nations — while telling the
Israelis where they can and cannot build settlements and telling the
Hondurans whom they should and should not choose to be their president.
One of the secrets of being a glib talker is not getting hung up over
whether what you are saying is true. You must give your full attention
to what is required by the audience and the circumstances of the
moment, without letting facts get in your way and cramp your style.
Obama has mastered that art.
Con men understand that their job is not to use facts to convince
skeptics but to use words to help the gullible believe what they want
to believe. No message has been more welcomed by the gullible, in
countries around the world, than the promise of something for nothing.
That is the core of Barack Obama’s medical-care plan.
President Obama tells us that he will impose various mandates on
insurance companies but will not interfere with our free choice between
being insured by these companies or by the government. But if he can
drive up the cost of private insurance with mandates and subsidize
government insurance with the taxpayers’ money, how long do you think
it will be before we have the “single payer” system that he has
advocated in the past?
Mandates by politicians are what have driven up the cost of insurance
already. Politicians love to play Santa Claus and leave it to others to
raise prices to cover the inevitable costs.
Politicians have driven privately owned municipal transit systems out
of business in many cities, simply by imposing costs and restricting
the fare increases needed to cover those costs. The federal government
can drive out private insurance the same way that local politicians
have driven out private municipal transit and replaced it with
government-run transit systems.
Barack Obama’s insistence that various dangerous policies are not in
the legislation he proposes sounds good but means nothing. Unbridled
power is a blank check, no matter what its rationale may be. No law
gave the president of the United States the power to fire the head of
General Motors, but TARP money did.
When there are “advisory” panels on what treatments to approve and the
White House’s existing medical advisor has complained of Americans’
“over-utilization” of medical care, what does it take to connect the
dots?
— Thomas Sowell is a senior fellow at
the Hoover Institution. © 2009 Creators Syndicate, Inc.
NYTIMES editorial board discovers this
LWVUS "National Voter" report...
Editorial: Financing Health Care Reform
NYTIMES
July 7, 2009
If health care reform falls apart again in Congress, the most likely
cause will be failure to agree on how to subsidize coverage for tens of
millions of uninsured Americans. The cost will almost certainly be at
least $1 trillion over the next decade and perhaps much more, depending
on how generous the reform might be.
President Obama is right to insist that reform be fully paid for over
the next decade lest it drive up the federal deficit and lead to higher
interest rates that might deepen the recession. That means either
cutting spending or raising additional money.
Senator Charles Grassley of Iowa, the ranking Republican on the Senate
Finance Committee, has decreed that reform must be financed entirely by
savings or revenues within the health care system. He believes that
that would force greater efficiencies from a notoriously wasteful
enterprise. Senator Max Baucus of Montana, the Democrat who is chairman
of the committee, seems inclined to accept that notion to win
Republican votes for a filibuster-proof majority.
Our preference would be to extract savings from the bloated,
inefficient health care system — but also to raise revenues from a
wider pool, preferably from well-to-do Americans who could be taxed
more for a badly needed reform that would benefit all Americans.
The first task is to find savings. Some respected analysts suggest that
as much as 30 percent of all health care spending in this country —
some $700 billion a year — may be wasted on tests and treatments that
do not improve the health of the recipients. If even half that money
could be recaptured, the amount saved would be more than enough to
finance health care reforms.
Overspending, however, permeates the system and would be devilishly
difficult to eliminate in any systematic manner that reaped savings
within the decade. Most of the truly “game-changing” innovations that
could slow the rate of increase in health care costs — electronic
medical records, research comparing the effectiveness of treatments,
restructuring the way doctors organize themselves — will take years to
affect costs and quality.
Still, it is important to push ahead quickly. Even if the benefits
won’t show up for two or three decades, it is imperative to slow the
rise in costs to a more affordable rate. And some respected analysts
believe the big long-term reforms could yield some relatively quick
savings.
Meanwhile, it will be important to get some guaranteed fast savings
from the health care industries by cutting and reallocating hundreds of
billions of dollars from projected spending on Medicare and Medicaid,
as the Obama administration has proposed and Congress is considering.
Just to be sure, Congress ought to establish a fail-safe mechanism that
could impose additional cuts after a few years if savings are less than
projected.
Even with all the cuts people are considering, new fees or taxes will
almost certainly be necessary. Most health economists believe that the
current tax exemption for employer-provided health benefits should be
capped or eliminated. They say it is regressive and encourages generous
policies that can lead to excessive use of medical care. A cap might
make sense and would draw revenues from within the health care system.
But surely it would be wise to cast a wider net — taxing products that
are bad for one’s health, such as sugared drinks and alcohol, or
limiting itemized deductions for wealthy Americans as Mr. Obama has
suggested.
Any talk of new taxes provokes criticism and doubt that the nation can
afford to reform the health care system in the midst of a deep
recession. But the president is right, as he told a town hall meeting
in Virginia recently, that “the costs of inaction, of not doing
anything, are even greater.”
The nation can either make the hard choices needed to reform health
care in the next decade or watch during that time as costs continue to
soar, millions more people lose their health insurance and individuals
and families face rising premiums and greater cost-sharing as employers
shift more of the burden or drop their coverage.
Op-Ed Columnist
And the Angels Rejoice
NYTIMES
By DAVID BROOKS
May 26, 2009
There is nothing so inspiring as public service, so I’ve been
incredibly moved over the past few weeks to watch squads of corporate
executives come to the White House so President Obama could announce
that he was giving away their money.
A few weeks ago, we were privileged to see a gathering of health care
executives standing behind the president as he announced that they
would be donating $2 trillion in future revenue to the cause of health
care reform.
Recently we were uplifted when the president informed Chrysler’s
secured creditors that they had agreed to donate their ownership stake
in the company to the United Auto Workers. Just last week, we were
enthralled to see a group of auto executives beaming with pride as the
president announced that in order to reduce gas consumption, they would
henceforth be scaling back on all those car lines that consumers
actually want to buy.
These events have heralded a new era of partnership between the White
House and private companies, one that calls to mind the wonderful
partnership Germany formed with France and the Low Countries at the
start of World War II. The press conferences and events marking this
new spirit of cooperation have been the emotional highlights of the
administration so far.
These events usually begin when the executives gather in the Oval
Office, where they experience certain Enhanced Negotiating Techniques.
I’m not exactly sure what the president does to inspire the business
leaders’ cooperation and sense of public service, though those who
remember the disembowelment scene in “Braveheart” will have a general
idea.
Then the president leads the executives out onto the White House lawn
for the announcement ceremony. Often, the president will still be
carrying the riding crop and the pliers used in the private
negotiation. He moves to the microphone while the executives take their
pre-assigned places behind him, the jingle of their leg shackles
blending with the dulcet tones of spring. I thought one hospital
executive was so moved by the occasion that he had slipped into
catatonic shock, except that he was blinking “Save Me! Save Me!” in
Morse code to his shareholders.
“We meet at an exciting moment for our country, a time of unprecedented
cooperation between government and private industry,” the president
intones, lifting his foot from the trachea of an unconscious
pharmaceutical executive. “Many of the business leaders behind me have
seized an exciting opportunity to join the nonprofit sector without
even switching jobs.”
At this, the C.E.O.’s behind him don frozen smiles, exuding the sort of
spontaneous enthusiasm often seen at North Korean pep rallies.
During the press conference with health care executives, I don’t even
think Obama meant to give away $2 trillion of their money. He was going
to give away just $750 billion, but he got carried away by the Era of
Responsibility. “The stakeholders behind me have promised to cut costs
by nearly 2 percent a year,” the president riffed. (The executives’
lips were like dead worms stretched across mirthless smiles. Their
cheeks were like hardened clumps of concrete.) “They have agreed to
support the administration’s reform package.” (Coronaries, epileptic
seizures all around.) “They have agreed to donate their kidneys in my
office right after this ceremony.” (The executives were now flopping
about the stage, like a 3-D version of the Heimlich poster.)
These executives have been invited to make these donations in the same
spirit that the Cossacks invited my ancestors to emigrate to the Lower
East Side. And yet there is a moment during each of the ceremonies when
the spirit of the Almighty descends upon the congregation. It usually
happens while the president is describing the glorious future. He’ll be
describing how, in three years, he will slash the deficit by cutting
taxes and doubling spending. He will be describing how, in three years,
he will create millions of jobs by raising energy costs.
You can see the ecstasy of Washington promise-making spread joy from
soul to soul. Infected by these visions, automakers vow that in three
years they will have created a resurgence of enthusiasm around the
Chevy Aveo. Financiers vow they will build an entirely new banking
industry that doesn’t rely so much on loan repayment. Health care
executives vow that in three years they’ll perform CAT scans at Kinko’s.
Some say these are just meaningless promises that ignore hard choices
and that no one has any intention of keeping. But this is ungenerous.
At these events, the president has taken former rivals and has joined
them in the holy bonds of mutual fantasy. He has taken a divided nation
and has given us photo-ops to bind us and remind us of our common
humanity. Business lies down with government. Management embraces
labor. You call it what you will; I call it beautiful.
Obama Makes Push for Credit Card
Legislation
NYTIMES
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
May 9, 2009
Filed at 8:13 a.m. ET
WASHINGTON (AP) -- Putting himself on the side of fuming consumers,
President Barack Obama is pushing Congress to send him legislation by
Memorial Day that would put a tighter rein on the credit card industry.
''Americans know that they have a responsibility to live within their
means and pay what they owe,'' Obama said in his weekly radio and
Internet address released Saturday. ''But they also have a right to not
get ripped off by the sudden rate hikes, unfair penalties and hidden
fees that have become all-too common.''
Obama has prominently lobbied for a bill calling for a credit card
crackdown. It already has cleared the House and awaits action in the
Senate.
''I'm calling on Congress ... to pass a credit card reform bill that
protects American consumers so that I can sign it into law by Memorial
Day,'' Obama said. ''There is no time for delay. We need a durable and
successful flow of credit in our economy, but we can't tolerate profits
that depend upon misleading working families. Those days are over.''
But there's no certainty Congress will deliver by the end of the month.
The
banking community is fighting back. Credit-card executives maintain
that new restrictions could backfire on consumers, making it harder for
banks to offer credit or put credit out of reach for many borrowers. They
also contend that the sweeping rules already ordered by the Federal
Reserve, beginning next year, address many of the consumer-protection
concerns expressed by the president and members of Congress.
The bill's boosters are tapping into public anger over corporate
excesses and the conduct of companies receiving billions of dollars in
taxpayer money.
The House measure, called the Credit Card Holders' Bill of Rights,
passed on a bipartisan vote of 357-70 following lobbying by the Obama
administration. It would prohibit so-called double-cycle billing and
retroactive rate hikes and would prevent companies from giving credit
cards to anyone under 18.
If they become law, the new House provisions won't take effect for a
year, except for a requirement that customers get 45 days' notice
before their interest rates are increased. That would take effect in 90
days.
Obama spoke to the public's frustration with credit cards.
''You shouldn't have to fear that any new credit card is going to come
with strings attached, nor should you need a magnifying glass and a
reference book to read a credit card application,'' Obama said. ''And
the abuses in our credit card industry have only multiplied in the
midst of this recession, when Americans can least afford to bear an
extra burden.''


Why didn't they save money and fuel and just photoshop the
images? Like Andy did...or is Lady above faux Warhol?
W.H. hits CNN for Coast Guard report
YAHOO NEWS
Carol E. Lee, Jen DiMascio Carol E. Lee, Jen Dimascio Fri Sep 11, 12:31
pm ET
White House press secretary Robert Gibbs today criticized CNN – not the
Coast Guard – over the panic caused by the agency’s training exercise
on the Sept. 11 anniversary, saying that the alarm could have been
avoided if the network had checked its facts.
Gibbs said he wouldn’t second-guess Coast Guard leadership for holding
a Potomac River exercise on the morning of the 9/11 commemoration. But
he took a shot at CNN, which initially didn’t know the maneuvers in the
Potomac were an exercise and erroneously reported that gunshots were
fired – something the homeland security department said didn’t occur.
“Let’s understand that best I can tell there was reporting based on
listening to a police scanner that was not verified, and then it was on
television and now we’ve raced back to find out that it’s a training
exercise. So I think it appears as if a lot of this might have been
avoided,” Gibbs said.
Gibbs told reporters that the Coast Guard was holding a news conference
to explain the exercise. "Hopefully CNN will go,” Gibbs quipped. "My
only caution would be that before we report things like this, checking
would be good."
The incident also
set off a terse exchange between Gibbs and CNN reporter Elaine Quijano
over the incident as Gibbs briefed reporters in his office. Quijano
asked whether the public should have been informed about a training
exercise on the 9/11 anniversary.
She also asked why
Gibbs didn’t think the Coast Guard incident was comparable to an Air
Force One flyover in New York for a photo shoot in April that set off a
panic there. The head of the White House military office, Louis
Caldera, resigned in the wake of that incident.
"If we set aside
the media coverage, would you be asking this question?" Gibbs said.
“She doesn’t do
hypotheticals,” another reporter joked, using a response Gibbs likes to
give reporters who pose “if” questions.
“But reports them,” Gibbs said.
“Well, look,” Quijano said, “I’d like to set that aside for just a
minute.”
“No I understand, and it’s not directed at you, just writ large at
CNN,” Gibbs said.
As Quijano pressed further, Gibbs said, "If anybody was unnecessarily
alarmed based on erroneous reporting that denoted that shots had been
fired, I think everybody is apologetic about that."
CNN, in a statement Friday afternoon, did not express regret for the
network’s erroneous report or admit to jumping the gun on the story.
“Given the circumstances, it would have been irresponsible not to
report on what we were hearing and seeing,” the statement read. “As
with any breaking news story, information is often fluid and CNN
updated the story with the official explanation from the Coast Guard as
soon as it was provided.
The Coast Guard acknowledged at a news conference that its personnel
simulated the sound of gunfire on an open police radio frequency –
which might have caused the confusion. “That ‘bang bang’ was verbalized
on the radio but I want to emphasize no shots were fired,” said Vice
Adm. John Currier, the Coast Guard chief of staff.
But Currier did not apologize for the training exercise. He did promise
the agency would review both the timing of its exercises as well as the
way it works with the media.
“No I am not issuing an apology,” Currier said, adding that he felt the
agency’s “normal, low profile” training activities was blown out of
proportion by erroneous news reports of shots ringing out over the
Potomac River. “It’s unfortunate that it’s been raised to this level,”
Currier said.
Asked whether the morning of the Sept. 11 anniversary was the best day
for such an exercise – which featured patrol boats making rapid,
defensive maneuvers in the Potomac River – Currier said, “We will look
at our procedures and the timing of this exercise.” He also said the
Secret Service wasn’t notified in advance of the exercise and there was
minimal coordination with other agencies because it was a routine
exercise.
Earlier, the Coast Guard defended the timing by saying the best way to
remember the tragic day is by being prepared. “The best way that we in
the Coast Guard can remember Sept. 11 and our security obligations to
the nation is to be always ready and this requires constant training
and exercise,” said Lt. Nadine Santiago in a statement.
Sen. George Voinovich (R-Ohio) is calling on Homeland Security
Secretary Janet Napolitano to explain the timing of the exercise, which
occurred as while top officials were attending memorial services for
9/11. Homeland Security oversees the Coast Guard.
“The anxiety caused by this situation on such a solemn day is extremely
disturbing,” said Voinovich, a member of the Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs Committee. “It sounds very much like the left hand
didn’t know what the right hand was doing.”
Napolitano’s spokeswoman Sara Kuban said the secretary has asked Coast
Guard Commandant Thad Allen for a full account of what happened. The
Coast Guard’s Baltimore Sector office signed off on the scheduling
decision, Currier said.
At the White House, Gibbs defended the importance of such training
exercises. “I assume that there’s a training exercise going on
somewhere in this country right now. I think we’re all safer because of
training exercises. My only caution would be before we report things
like this, checking would be good.”
As for holding one on the anniversary of the attacks on the Twin Towers
and the Pentagon, Gibbs said, “I tend not to question law enforcement
in trying to keep the nation’s capital safe. If they feel like they
need a training exercise, I’m not sure that we’re to second guess.”
Whether the exercise is appropriate is “a decision that’s made by the
Coast Guard,” Gibbs said.
After
Air Force One Flyover, Military
Office Director Resigns
NYTIMES
By Jeff Zeleny
May 8, 2009, 4:08 pm
The White House
The White House released a photo of the plane flying over New York City
on Friday.
The director of the White House Military Office has resigned, an
administration official said Friday, two weeks after he authorized an
Air Force One flyover of the Statue of Liberty that terrified thousands
of people in New York City.
Louis Caldera, who served as the secretary of the Army in the Clinton
administration, had apologized for approving the flyover. But Mr.
Caldera submitted his resignation on Friday, after the president
ordered up an internal White House review on the matter.
On April 27, a plane that usually serves as Air Force One was flying
low over the New York City skyline, trailed closely by two fighter
jets. It was a photo opportunity – authorized by several government
officials, including Mr. Caldera – that infuriated President Obama.
Last week, Mr. Obama ordered a deputy chief of staff, Jim Messina, to
review the incident.
The White House released the photograph on Friday afternoon, hoping to
put an end to the incident before the weekend.
FACT
CHECK: Obama disowns deficit he
helped shape
DAY
By CALVIN WOODWARD, Associated Press Writer
Posted on Apr 29, 9:23 PM EDT
WASHINGTON (AP) -- "That wasn't me," President Barack Obama said
on his 100th day in office, disclaiming responsibility for the huge
budget deficit waiting for him on Day One.
It actually was partly him - and the other Democrats controlling
Congress the previous two years - who shaped the latest in a string of
precipitously out-of-balance budgets. And as a presidential
candidate
and president-elect, he backed the twilight Bush-era stimulus plan that
made the deficit deeper, all before he took over and promoted spending
plans that have made it much deeper still.
Obama met citizens at an Arnold, Mo., high school Wednesday in advance
of his prime-time news conference. Both forums were a platform to
review his progress at the 100-day mark and look ahead. At
various
times, he brought an air of certainty to ambitions that are far from
cast in stone.
His assertion that his proposed budget "will cut the deficit in half by
the end of my first term" is an eyeball-roller among many economists,
given the uncharted terrain of trillion-dollar deficits and economic
calamity that the government is negotiating. He promised vast
savings
from increased spending on preventive health care in the face of doubts
that such an effort, however laudable it might be for public welfare,
can pay for itself, let alone yield huge savings.
A look at some of his claims Wednesday:
OBAMA: "We began by passing a Recovery Act that has already saved or
created over 150,000 jobs." - from news conference.
THE FACTS: This assertion is flawed
on several levels. For starters,
the U.S. has lost more than 1.2 million jobs since Obama took office,
according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Even if Obama's stimulus
bill saved or created as many jobs as he says, that number is dwarfed
by the number of recent job losses.
But Obama's number is murky, at best.
The White House has not yet
announced how it intends to count jobs created by the stimulus bill.
Obama's number is based on a job-counting formula that his economists
have developed but have not made public. Until that formula is
announced - probably in the coming week or so - there's no way to
assess its accuracy.
Whatever the formula, economists who
study job creation say it will
require some creative math. That's because Obama has lumped "jobs
saved" in with "jobs created." Even economists for organizations that
stand to benefit from the stimulus concede it probably is impossible to
estimate saved jobs because that would require calculating a
hypothetical: how many people would have lost their jobs without the
stimulus.
---
OBAMA: "We must lay a new foundation for growth, a foundation that will
strengthen our economy and help us compete in the 21st century. And
that's exactly what this budget begins to do. It contains new
investments in education that will equip our workers with the right
skills and training; new investments in renewable energy that will
create millions of jobs and new industries; new investments in health
care that will cut costs for families and businesses; and new savings
that will bring down our deficit." - news conference.
THE FACTS: While the budget does set
a roadmap for achieving the
president's goals, it says nothing about how to pay for his health
plan, expected to cost more than $1 trillion over the next 10 years.
And while the deficit, under the plan, would drop to $523 billion in
2014, it achieves it with unrealistic assumptions, such as projections
that spending in Iraq and Afghanistan will amount to only $50 billion a
year.
---
OBAMA: "Number one, we inherited a $1.3 trillion deficit. ... That
wasn't me. Number two, there is almost uniform consensus among
economists that in the middle of the biggest crisis, financial crisis,
since the Great Depression, we had to take extraordinary steps. So
you've got a lot of Republican economists who agree that we had to do a
stimulus package and we had to do something about the banks. Those are
one-time charges, and they're big, and they'll make our deficits go up
over the next two years." - in Missouri.
THE FACTS:
Congress, under Democratic control in
2007 and 2008, controlled the
purse strings that led to the deficit Obama inherited. A Republican
president, George W. Bush, had a role, too: He signed the legislation.
Obama supported the emergency bailout
package in Bush's final months - a package Democratic leaders wanted to
make bigger.
To be sure, Obama opposed the Iraq
war, a drain on federal coffers for
six years before he became president. But with one major exception, he
voted in support of Iraq war spending.
The economy has worsened under Obama,
though from forces surely in play
before he became president, and he can credibly claim to have inherited
a grim situation.
Still, his response to the crisis
goes well beyond "one-time charges."
He's persuaded Congress to expand
children's health insurance,
education spending, health information technology and more. He's moving
ahead on a variety of big-ticket items on health care, the environment,
energy and transportation that, if achieved, will be more enduring than
bank bailouts and aid for homeowners.
The nonpartisan Committee for a
Responsible Federal Budget estimated
his policy proposals would add a net $428 billion to the deficit over
four years, even accounting for his spending reduction goals. Now, the
deficit is nearly quadrupling to $1.75 trillion.
---
OBAMA: "I think one basic principle that we know is that the more we do
on the (disease) prevention side, the more we can obtain serious
savings down the road. ... If we're making those investments, we will
save huge amounts of money in the long term." - in Missouri.
THE FACTS: It sounds believable that
preventing illness should be
cheaper than treating it, and indeed that's the case with steps like
preventing smoking and improving diets and exercise. But during the
2008 campaign, when Obama and other presidential candidates were
touting a focus on preventive care, the New England Journal of Medicine
cautioned that "sweeping statements about the cost-saving potential of
prevention, however, are overreaching." It said that "although some
preventive measures do save money, the vast majority reviewed in the
health economics literature do not."
And a study released in December by
the Congressional Budget Office
found that increasing preventive care "could improve people's health
but would probably generate either modest reductions in the overall
costs of health care or increases in such spending within a 10-year
budgetary time frame."
---
OBAMA: "You could cut (Social Security) benefits. You could raise the
tax on everybody so everybody's payroll tax goes up a little bit. Or
you can do what I think is probably the best solution, which is you can
raise the cap on the payroll tax." - in Missouri.
THE FACTS: Obama's proposal would
reduce the Social Security trust
fund's deficit by less than half, according to the nonpartisan Tax
Policy Center.
That means he would still have to cut
benefits, raise the payroll tax
rate, raise the retirement age or some combination to deal with the
program's long-term imbalance.
Workers currently pay 6.2 percent and
their employers pay an equal rate
- for a total of 12.4 percent - on annual wages of up to $106,800,
after which no more payroll tax is collected.
Obama wants workers making more than
$250,000 to pay payroll tax on
their income over that amount. That would still protect workers making
under $250,000 from an additional burden. But it would raise much less
money than removing the cap completely.
---
OBAMA: "My hope is that working in a bipartisan fashion we are going to
be able to get a health care reform bill on my desk before the end of
the year that we'll start seeing in the kinds of investments that will
make everybody healthier."
THE FACTS: Obama has indeed expressed
hope for a health care plan that
has support from Democrats and Republicans. But his Democratic allies
in Congress have just made that harder. The budget plan written by the
Democrats gives them the option of denying Republicans the normal right
to block health care with a Senate filibuster. The filibuster tactic
requires 60 votes to overcome, making it the GOP's main weapon to
ensure a bipartisan outcome. The rules set by the budget mean that
majority Democrats could potentially pass health care legislation
without any Republican votes, sacrificing bipartisanship to achieve
their goals.
---
Associated Press writers Matt Apuzzo, Kevin Freking and Jim Kuhnhenn
contributed to this report.
Translated:
everybody takes a pay/benefits/retirement cut or we can't put out a
major daily newspaper - how about the a weekly Boston Globe?
New York Times chairman weighs in on
Boston Globe
DAY
Published on 4/23/2009
NEW YORK (AP) Weighing in on the future of The Boston Globe, New York
Times Co. Chairman Arthur Sulzberger Jr. says "we hope to place this
great newspaper on a path to sustainability."
Sulzberger, speaking at the company's annual shareholder meeting
Thursday, batted away specific questions on the Globe's fate.
The Times Co., which bought the Globe in 1993, has threatened to pull
the plug on the money-losing newspaper if it can't get $20 million in
employee concessions. He said the newspaper faces stark choices
as it grapples with a steep advertising downturn.
"Of all our properties, The Boston Globe has been most dramatically
affected by the secular and cyclical forces that are roiling the entire
media industry," he said.

ECONOMIC FORECASTING: These glasses
definitely more than half full--but full of what?
More
sloppy interpretation - a la Jimmy Carter stuff?
Fidel
Castro: Obama 'misinterpreted' Raul's words
DAY
By WILL WEISSERT, Associated Press Writer
Posted on Apr 22, 2009 8:18 AM EDT
HAVANA (AP) -- Fidel Castro says President Barack Obama
"misinterpreted" his brother Raul's remarks regarding the United States
and bristled at the suggestion that Cuba should free political
prisoners or cut taxes on remittances from abroad as a goodwill gesture
to the U.S.
Raul Castro touched off a whirlwind
of speculation last week that the U.S. and Cuba could be headed toward
a thaw in nearly a half-century of chilly relations. The speculation
began when the Cuban president said leaders would be willing to sit
down with their U.S. counterparts and discuss "everything," including
human rights, freedom of the press and expression, and political
prisoners on the island.
Obama responded at the Summit of the
Americas by saying Washington seeks a new beginning with Cuba, but he
also said Sunday that Cuba should release some political prisoners and
reduce official taxes on remittances sent to the island from the U.S.
That appeared to enrage Fidel
Castro, 82, who wrote in an essay posted on a government Web site that
Obama "without a doubt misinterpreted Raul's declarations."
The former president appeared to be
throwing a dose of cold water on growing expectations for improved
bilateral relations - suggesting Obama had no right to dare suggest
that Cuba make even small concessions. He also seemed to suggest too
much was being made of Raul's comments about discussing "everything"
with U.S. authorities.
"Affirming that the president of
Cuba is ready to discuss any topic with the president of the United
States expresses that he's not afraid to broach any subject," Fidel
Castro wrote of his 77-year-old brother, who succeeded him as president
14 months ago.
"It's a sign of bravery and
confidence in the principles of the revolution," he said, referring to
the rebel uprising that toppled dictator Fulgencio Batista and brought
the Castros to power on New Year's Day 1959.
"Nobody should assume that he was
talking about pardoning those sentenced in March 2003 and sending all
of them to the United States, if the country were willing to liberate
the five Cuban anti-terrorist heroes," Castro wrote.
He was referring to 75 leading
political opposition leaders who were rounded up and imprisoned six
years ago. Some 54 of them remain behind bars, though Raul Castro
suggested last year that Cuba would be willing to liberate some
political prisoners if U.S. authorities would free five Cuban spies.
Castro compared the prisoners
arrested in 2003 to exiles who attacked the island's southern coast
during the disastrous Bay of Pigs invasion in 1961 and said they were
"at the service of a foreign power that threatens and blockades our
country," referring to charges they conspired with Washington to
destabilize the communist system.
The ex-president had previously
expressed his admiration for Obama, but this time Castro blasted the
new U.S. president for showing signs of "superficiality."
He also defended Cuba's right to
levy a 10 percent fee on every U.S. dollar sent to relatives on the
island by Cuban-Americans, saying if the money arriving from abroad "is
in dollars, all the more reason we should do it because it is the
currency of the country that blockades us."
All top Cuban leaders routinely call
the 47-year-old trade embargo against this country a blockade.
"Not all Cubans have family members
overseas that send remittances," Castro said, adding that Cuba uses the
revenue from fees on exchanging dollars to provide free health care,
education and subsidized food to all of its population.
How about "free
trade?" At least in this hemisphere? Full speed ahead - oh,
gosh, did we say we were going to "re-open NAFTA" during the
campaign? Story April 20, 2009 here.
Obama Tempers Optimism With Reality on
Economy
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
Filed at 11:40 a.m. ET
April
14, 2009
WASHINGTON (AP) -- President Barack Obama proclaimed signs of economic
progress Tuesday but also warned Americans eager for good news that
''by no means are we out of the woods.''
In a speech planned for Georgetown University today, Obama aimed to
juggle his glass-half-full take on the economy with a determination to
not be stamped as naive or overly rosy in the face of stubborn problems
that linger. His latest remarks come as he nears the symbolic
100-day mark in office, important because that has become a traditional
marker by which to judge new administrations.
''There is no doubt that times are still tough,'' Obama said, according
to excerpts of his speech released in advance by the White House. ''But
from where we stand,'' he said, ''for the very first time, we are
beginning to see glimmers of hope. And beyond that, way off in the
distance, we can see a vision of an America's future that is far
different than our troubled economic past.''
Obama's message was enveloped in contradictory signals Tuesday about
the economy's health, but also buttressed by a contention by Federal
Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke that the recession may be bottoming
out. Retail sales fell unexpectedly in March, decreasing by 1.1
percent. At the same time, wholesale prices dropped sharply as the cost
of gasoline and other energy plummeted, fresh evidence that inflation
appears to pose little threat to the economy.
In a speech prepared for students and faculty at Morehouse College in
Atlanta, Bernanke, like Obama, said there have been flickering signs of
improvement, citing recent data on home and auto sales, home building
and consumer spending. But the broader message that a full
turnaround might be a long time coming may not be welcome to a weary
U.S. public.
Obama said a
complete recovery depends on two things: building a new foundation for
the U.S. economy and making changes in the political landscape. And he
was avoiding any significant policy announcements, endeavoring instead
to paint a broad picture of what his administration has already done to
right the situation.
Obama said the rules governing the financial system must be brought
into the Digital Age and that the economy must be transformed from one
less dependent on a risk-obsessed financial sector and more on clean
energy, good education and health care costs brought under control.
''We cannot rebuild this economy on the same pile of sand,'' he said,
invoking a Biblical reference to Jesus' Sermon on the Mount. ''We must
build our house upon a rock. We must lay a new foundation for growth
and prosperity a foundation that will move us from an era of borrow and
spend to one where we save and invest, where we consume less at home
and send more exports abroad.''
Obama also said the problem is exacerbated by politicians with an
outsized interest in scoring points and an impatient media.
''When a crisis hits,'' he said, ''there's all too often a lurch from
shock to trance, with everyone responding to the tempest of the moment
until the furor has died away and the media coverage has moved on,
instead of confronting the major challenges that will shape our future
in a sustained and focused way.''
''This can't be one of those times,'' Obama said.
With the university students and faculty as well as labor, grass roots
and political leaders, Obama is trying to show he is focused on the
economy after two weeks that, both by design and circumstance, have
been dominated primarily by foreign affairs.
Obama put his fledgling presidency on the line when he advocated
sweeping new government intervention and spending to right the troubled
economic conditions. Shortly after taking office he signed a $787
billion package intended to boost the economy and his administration
also has unveiled a slew of other programs aimed to right the troubled
home, banking and auto sectors.
''Taken together, these actions are starting to generate signs of
economic progress,'' he said, citing canceled government-sector
layoffs, new clean-energy industry hires, a spate of refinancings, and
signs of increased credit flows.
But, the president said, ''2009 will continue to be a difficult year.''
He predicted more job losses, foreclosures, and gyrating stock markets.
I'm shocked,
shocked to hear that Lawrence Summers was paid millions by the banks -
he's been drinking Rubin Koolaid for so long he can't get his stories
straight - got his ethics from a lawyer!
Financial Industry Paid Millions
to Obama Aide
NYTIMES
By JEFF ZELENY
April
4, 2009
WASHINGTON — Lawrence H. Summers, the top economic adviser to President
Obama, earned more than $5 million last year from the hedge fund D. E.
Shaw and collected $2.7 million in speaking fees from Wall Street
companies that received government bailout money, the White House
disclosed Friday in releasing financial information about top officials.
Mr. Summers, the director of the National Economic Council, wields
important influence over Mr. Obama’s policy decisions for the troubled
financial industry, including firms from which he recently received
payments. Last year, he reported making 40 paid appearances, including
a $135,000 speech to the investment firm Goldman Sachs, in addition to
his earnings from the hedge fund, a sector the administration is trying
to regulate.
The White House released hundreds of pages of financial disclosure
forms, which are required of all West Wing officials. A White House
spokesman, Ben LaBolt, said the compensation was not a conflict for Mr.
Summers, adding it was not surprising because he was “widely recognized
as one of the country’s most distinguished economists.”
Mr. Summers’s role at the White House includes advising Mr. Obama on
whether — and how — to tighten regulation of hedge funds, which engage
in highly sophisticated financial trading that many analysts have said
contributed to the economic collapse.
Mr. Summers, a former president of Harvard University, was Treasury
secretary in the Clinton administration. He appeared before large Wall
Street companies like Citigroup ($45,000), J. P. Morgan ($67,500) and
the now defunct Lehman Brothers ($67,500), according to his disclosure
report. He reported being paid $10,000 for a speaking date at Yale and
$90,000 to address an organization of Mexican banks.
While Mr. Obama campaigned on a pledge to restrict lobbyists from
working in the White House, a step intended to reduce any influence
between the administration and corporations, the ban did not apply to
former executives like Mr. Summers, who was not a registered lobbyist.
In 2006, he became a managing director of D. E. Shaw, a firm that
manages about $30 billion in assets, making it one of the biggest hedge
funds in the world.
“Dr. Summers was not an adviser to or an employee of the firms that
paid him to speak,” Mr. LaBolt said.
He added, “Of course, since joining the White House, he has complied
with the strictest ethics rules ever required of appointees and will
not work on specific matters to which D. E. Shaw is a party for two
years.”
A review of hundreds of pages of financial disclosure forms on Friday
evening offered an extensive portrait of the wealth of top officials in
the Obama administration. The forms detail the salaries, bonuses and
investments of the president’s circle of advisers, many of whom took
deep pay cuts from the private sector and sold their companies to work
at the White House.
David Axelrod, who was the chief campaign strategist to Mr. Obama and
now serves as a senior adviser to the president, reported a salary of
$1 million last year from his two consulting firms. Over the next five
years, according to his disclosure form, he will get $3 million from
the sale of the two firms, which provide media and strategic advice to
political clients. He listed assets of about $7 million to $10 million,
and reported a long list of Democratic clients and a few corporate
concerns, including AT&T and the Exelon Corporation, a nuclear
energy company.
The disclosure forms also shed further light on the compensation
received by a top Obama aide who previously worked for Citigroup, one
of the largest recipients of taxpayer bailout money. The aide, Michael
Froman, deputy national security adviser for international economic
affairs, received more than $7.4 million from the company from January
2008 to when he joined the White House this year.
That money included a year-end bonus of $2.25 million for work in 2008,
which Citigroup paid him in January. Such bonuses have prompted
political controversy in recent months, including sharp criticism from
Mr. Obama, who in January branded them as “shameful.”
The White House had previously acknowledged that Mr. Froman received
such a year-end bonus and said he had decided to give it to charity,
but would not say what it was.
The administration said Friday that Mr. Froman was working on giving
the $2.25 million to a combination of charities related to homelessness
and cancer, which took the life of his son this year.
The remainder of Mr. Froman’s earnings from Citigroup included deferred
compensation and bonuses for work performed in prior years, as well as
a $2 million payment for waiving his carried-interest stake in several
private equity funds.
The White House said Mr. Froman decided to take the buyouts to avoid
having to recuse himself from foreign-policy issues related to the
funds’ investments, like India infrastructure, which means he would be
taxed at ordinary income rates on the money.
Millionaires work in a variety of positions across the administration,
and they include Desirée Rogers, the White House social
secretary. Ms. Rogers, a close Chicago friend of the Obama family,
reported income of $2.3 million last year. She earned a salary of $1.8
million from People’s Gas & North Shore Gas, along with three other
sources of income from serving on insurance company boards.
Thomas E. Donilon, the deputy national security adviser, reported
earning $3.9 million as a partner at the Washington law firm O’Melveny
& Myers. His disclosure form says major clients included Citigroup,
Goldman Sachs and Apollo Management, a private equity firm in New York
that specializes in distressed assets and corporate restructuring.
Mr. Donilon is also entitled to future pension payments from Fannie
Mae, where he worked from 1999 to 2005.
April Fool! The end result was
what the Justice Department wanted, anyway!
U.S. Plans to Drop Case Against Former
Senator From Alaska
NYTIMES
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
Filed at 11:02 a.m. ET
April 1, 2009
WASHINGTON (AP) -- The Justice Department asked a judge Wednesday to
toss out the corruption conviction of former Sen. Ted Stevens because
prosecutors withheld evidence from his defense team during his
trial. The department is abandoning a hard-fought victory that
had turned into an embarrassment. The prosecutors who handled the trial
have been removed from the case and their conduct is under
investigation.
A week after his conviction, Stevens lost his Senate seat in the
November election. The patriarch of Alaska politics since before
statehood, Stevens, 85, also was the longest serving Republican
senator. He appealed his conviction and has been awaiting
sentencing. Stevens was convicted of seven felony counts of lying
on Senate financial disclosure forms to conceal hundreds of thousands
of dollars in gifts and home renovations from a wealthy oil contractor.
The trial was beset by government missteps, which continued even after
the guilty verdict was read. The trial judge grew so infuriated he took
the unusual step of holding the Justice Department in contempt.
In court filings, the Justice Department admitted it never turned over
notes from an interview with the oil contractor, who estimated the
value of the renovation work as far less than he testified at trial.
''I have determined that it is in the interest of justice to dismiss
the indictment and not proceed with a new trial,'' Holder said in a
statement released Wednesday. He said the department must ensure that
all cases are ''handled fairly and consistent with its commitment to
justice.''
The Justice Department is seeking to have the indictment against
Stevens dismissed. If U.S. District Judge Emmet Sullivan agrees,
Stevens' conviction would be vacated. Stevens' attorneys praised
Attorney General Eric Holder as ''a pillar of integrity'' for his
decision to disregard a jury verdict that they said was obtained
unlawfully.
''In essence, the government tricked the jury into returning a tainted
verdict against the senator based on false evidence,'' Stevens' lawyers
Brendan Sullivan Jr. and Robert Cary said in a statement.
''This case is a sad story and a warning to everyone. Any citizen can
be convicted if prosecutors are hell-bent on ignoring the Constitution
and willing to present false evidence,'' their statement said.
In December, Stevens asked a federal judge to grant him a new trial or
throw out the case, saying his trial had many deficiencies. Judge
Sullivan held Justice Department lawyers in contempt in February for
failing to turn over documents as ordered. He called their behavior
''outrageous.''
The judge had ordered Justice to provide the agency's internal
communications regarding a whistle-blower complaint brought by an FBI
agent involved in the investigation of Stevens. The agent objected to
Justice Department tactics during the trial, including failure to turn
over evidence and an ''inappropriate relationship'' between the lead
agent on the case and the prosecution's star witness. The
decision was first reported Wednesday by National Public Radio.
Sen. Mark Begich, the Democrat who won Stevens' seat away from him,
called the decision to drop the case ''reasonable.''
''I didn't think Senator Stevens should serve time in jail and
hopefully this decision ensures that is the case,'' Begich said in a
statement.
Military strained by Obama trip
Washington Times
Bill Gertz INSIDE THE RING, Air Obama
Thursday,
April 2, 2009
President Obama's European visit this week has strained Air Force
heavy-airlift capabilities and obliged the military to hire more
foreign contractors to help resupply U.S. and allied forces in
Afghanistan, according to military sources.
The large delegation traveling with the president in Europe required
moving several transports, including jumbo C-5s and C-17s, from sorties
ferrying supplies to Afghanistan to European bases for the presidential
visit, said two military officials familiar with the issue. They spoke
on the condition of anonymity to avoid any misunderstanding with White
House officials.
The Air Mobility Command, part of the U.S. Transportation Command, was
ordered to provide airlift for the president's entourage of nearly 500
people, including senior officials, staff, support personnel, news
reporters and some 200 Secret Service agents for the European visit,
which began Tuesday in London.
Airlift for the traveling entourage also was used to move the
president's new heavy-armored limousine and several presidential
helicopters used for short transits.
To make up for the shortfall, the Air Force had to increase the number
of Eastern European air transport contractors hired to fly Il-76 and
An-124 transport jets into Afghanistan loaded with troop supplies, the
two officials said.
The airlift crunch comes at a particularly difficult time, as the
military is stepping up deliveries of supplies in advance of a surge of
21,000 U.S. troops.
One official said the problem was not only the vehicles and helicopters
that were needed for presidential security, but also the unusually
large number of people traveling with the president. The official said
U.S. taxpayers are paying twice for airlift, once for Air Force jets
that are not available for a war zone and again for foreign contractor
aircraft that are.
White House spokesman Tommy Vietor declined to comment. Col. Gregory
Julian, a spokesman for the U.S. military in Afghanistan, said he was
unaware of a transport shortage but noted that it was not unusual for
the military to hire air-transport contractors in such circumstances.
Presidential logistics for such trips involve a complicated military
process that involves insuring smooth travel and having backup aircraft
ready for use. Such large trips as the current European one generally
cost millions of dollars.
Navy Capt. Kevin Aandahl, a spokesman with U.S. Transportation Command,
said there was no link between increased contractor airlift in
Afghanistan and the aircraft used for presidential travel this week.
"Contractual airlift [IL-76 and AN-124] used to support Operation
Enduring Freedom in Afghanistan is not in any way connected to
presidential movement requirements," he said.
Transportation command "routinely" contracts with U.S. air freight
lines that subcontract with companies flying Il-76s and An-124s to move
large military vehicles.
"This is simply a 'best business practice' that allows us to meet the
needs of our warfighters at the best cost for the taxpayer," he said.
The spokesman also said budgets for Afghanistan and presidential travel
come from different accounts. "The taxpayer does indeed pay for
strategic lift for our warfighters in Afghanistan, but they also pay
for presidential support," he said. "These missions are distinctly
separate and are therefore funded separately."
Mr. Obama and his group, which includes medical personnel and food
specialists, will spend eight days in Europe visiting five nations for
the G-20, NATO and European Union summits and side visits to the Czech
Republic and Turkey. After the first three days in Britain, the party
will travel to Strasbourg, France, and Kehl, Germany, for NATO's 60th
anniversary summit before traveling to Prague on April 5 and then to
Ankara and Istanbul, Turkey on April 6.
Capt. Aandahl would not say how many transports were used to move the
presidential group, nor provide costs.
So long GWOT
The U.S. government is playing down the Obama administration's decision
to do away with the term "global war on terrorism," known for the past
eight years by the acronym GW0T.
A survey of several departments and agencies shows that the term
"global war on terrorism," while not specifically banned, is in
disfavor due to the new administration's decision not to label
counterterrorism efforts a war.
A White House official said the terminology change is less about
semantics and more about the focus of the Obama administration,
"keeping America safe."
A military official close to Adm. Mike Mullen, chairman of the Joint
Chiefs of Staff, said budget guidance from the White House recommended
ending use of GWOT for budget documents. Instead, the favored term will
be "overseas contingency operations."
Adm. Mullen for the past two years avoided using the term and has
encouraged others not to use it, the official said.
An FBI official also said there is no ban on using the term GWOT within
the main domestic counterterrorism agency.
"The administration has stopped using the phrase, and I think that
speaks for itself," Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton told
reporters en route to Europe earlier this week. "I haven't gotten any
directive about using it or not using it. It's just not being used."
A Pentagon spokesman referred to Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates'
response Sunday to a question about war terminology. Mr. Gates did not
answer directly but suggested that dropping the term was part of a
"broader kind of strategy" and noted that "people [are] looking for
differences where there are none."
A CIA spokesman pointed to recent comments by CIA Director Leon
Panetta, who, like Mr. Gates, sidestepped directly answering a question
about the terminology change. "Well, there's no question this is a
war," Mr. Panetta said. "We are engaged in a war in which, you know,
when our men and women are at risk and are being killed on the
battlefield and when there are those who threaten to come here and kill
Americans, there's no question in my mind that we are facing the
terrorists, and we are facing a threat to this country that requires we
do everything possible to try to protect our safety...."
A counterterrorism official explained that jettisoning the term "war on
terror" is more rhetorical than political.
"The people fighting against al Qaeda and its sympathizers understand
both the nature of that fight and the nature of the enemy. It is not a
war against a tactic. It is a war against terrorists who want to attack
our country," the official said.
The Air Force has ruled out the possibility that a burning Russian
rocket booster re-entering the atmosphere was the cause of the bright
light in the sky seen recently along the East Coast.
The Joint Space Operations Center, known as "JSPOC," which monitors
man-made objects in space, concluded that a Soyuz rocket body that some
experts thought was the cause actually came through the atmosphere near
the Philippine Sea.
"The JSPOC is not aware of any phenomena that would explain the events
near Virginia," Stefan T. Bocchino, a spokesman for the 30th Space
Wing, told Inside the Ring.
The Air Force will not say whether a meteor caused the light show and
booms Sunday night, viewed and heard by people from southern Virginia
through northern Maryland.
"We do not track natural phenomena, so we really can't speculate what
it was," Mr. Bocchino said.
Bremer's Surge
He was the man President George W. Bush tapped to run Iraq in those
highly chaotic post-invasion days when a deadly insurgency was taking
hold.
Special correspondent Rowan Scarborough recently caught up with L. Paul
Bremer III, the former ambassador and aide to former Secretary of State
Henry A. Kissinger who nows does consulting and sits on a Catholic
Charities board.
The topic: the troop surge that even Mr. Obama, who opposed it and said
it would not work. Mr. Obama later called it a surprising success.
"I have always been optimistic about the long run in Iraq, and I
continue to be," Mr. Bremer said. "I think the success of the surge has
made a very important difference and allowed the provincial elections
to go off actually very well, considering. It brings the Sunnis back
into the political process, which was important. They made a strategic
mistake by not participating in the election in '05. And now I am glad
to see the president show flexibility and obviously following the
guidance of his military guys on the withdrawal. We just have to be
steady, and I think they're going to make it."
Mr. Bremer was lambasted by some in Congress during his 14-month reign.
Democrats, in particular, criticized his decisions to abolish the Iraq
army and flood the country with sequestered Iraqi oil cash, huge
amounts of which went missing.
Today, Mr. Bremer defends those decisions. He points out that early on
he recognized a need for more American troops to quell the violence but
was rebuffed by the Pentagon and White House.
"I was one who called for more troops and a coherent counterinsurgency
strategy right from the start, even before I went to Iraq," Mr. Bremer
said. "I was pleased when the president finally decided to do that at
the end of 2006. The reason I'm optimistic in the long run about Iraq
is because, if you look at it, particularly if you compare it to
Afghanistan, this is a country which has a highly educated population,
urbanized. About 75 percent of the people live in towns. They have a
tradition of a well-educated middle class. They've obviously got
wealth, both in oil and water. There's no reason, because they are
proud of their history, why the Iraqis can't make a success of it. It
turned out to be harder than we thought it was going to be, and it
certainly took longer to get the right strategy in place."
Asked what was done right in 2003-04, Mr. Bremer said, "I think the
most important political measure we helped with was the constitution.
And, indeed, the constitution has basically bounded the political life
of Iraq since we left."
Obama Plays Down Rift Over Economy on
Eve of Summit
NYTIMES
By DAVID E. SANGER and MARK LANDLER
April
2, 2009
LONDON — President Obama attempted to play down evidence of a
continuing rift with allies over how to revive the global economy on
Wednesday, only to be undercut by new demands from Germany and France
for sweeping global financial regulations that could reach well inside
American borders.
At the same time, Mr. Obama issued a caution that the United States was
unlikely to return to its role as a “voracious consumer market” that
could anchor the world economy, and warned that other nations needed to
do more to revive growth in their home markets.
The signs of continued discord came on the eve of a summit meeting
intended to show international solidarity to fight the downturn — and
to provide Mr. Obama with his first major moment on the world stage.
The president spent the day balancing messages of humility — he
acknowledged that the financial crisis started in the United States —
with efforts to convince his fellow leaders that they should follow his
prescription of heavy financial stimulus and more rigorous regulation.
But despite calls for unity from Mr. Obama and the British prime
minister, Gordon Brown — the host of the Group of 20 meeting that
formally begins Thursday — the French and German leaders held a joint,
and combative, news conference to underscore their differences with the
Anglo-American approach to the crisis. While President Nichoals
Sarkozy of France did not repeat an earlier threat to walk out of the
conference — “I just got here,” he joked — he made it clear he would
reject an agreement that puts off stringent new regulations on banks,
tax havens, and hedge funds.
“The decisions need to be taken now, today and tomorrow,” Mr. Sarkozy
said. “This has nothing to do with ego. This has nothing to do with
temper tantrums. When it comes to historic moments, you can’t
circumvent them.”
He added that tougher regulation — he has called for a “global
regulator” would be able to reach inside the borders of the United
States and other large nations to deal with international financial
firms — is “nonnegotiable.”
“The compromise has to come from all countries around the world,” he
said. Saying he trusted Mr. Obama, Mr. Sarkozy said he did not want to
point fingers about the crisis. But then, in a verbal jab he has used
before, he added, “the crisis didn’t actually spontaneously erupt in
Europe.”
Chancellor Angela Merkel of Germany, for her part, said more spending
was not worth debating.
“That is not a bargaining chip,” she said, adding, by contrast,
“Regulation is something that is everyone’s interest.”
Mr. Obama and Mr. Brown used a joint news conference earlier in the day
to emphasize that differences with France and Germany over stimulus and
regulation of the global economy were “vastly overstated.” Mr. Brown
argued that the world had learned the hard lessons of a similar summit
here in 1933, which ended in failure. That outcome would not be
repeated on Thursday, Mr. Brown argued. And it still seemed likely that
leaders would issue a collective statement of resolve at the conclusion
of Thursday’s meeting, though one that papers over disagreements about
how to respond to the crisis now and to prevent new financial meltdowns
in the future.
In a busy day of face to face to meetings, Mr. Obama also met for the
first time with President Hu Jintao of China, the country that is
essentially being asked to bankroll much of the upwards of $2 trillion
in deficits the United States will run up this year to finance its
recovery package, bailouts for Wall Street and Detroit, and two wars.
But in a meeting that American officials described as “businesslike”
Mr. Hu apparently said nothing about previous Chinese cautions that the
country would have to be convinced that the U.S. had a long-term plan
to bring down its deficits before it invested more heavily in American
securities
In essence, the United States is pressing Europe and other nations to
spend more now — when a coordinated stimulus could do the most good.
But over the long term, Mr. Obama appeared to be preparing the world
for a reshaped global economy in which the United States no longer was
the ultimate export market for the world’s established and emerging
powers. It was that habit of overconsumption, he appeared to say, that
led to the boom-and-bust cycles that he has said must end.
Speaking alongside Mr. Brown after the two men met, Mr. Obama warned
against returning the United States to the habits of the past decade,
and the twin trade and budget deficits they created.
“The United States will do its share,” he said, “but I think that one
of the things that Gordon and I spoke about is the fact that in some
ways the world has become accustomed to the United States being a
voracious consumer market and the engine that drives a lot of economic
growth worldwide. And I think that in the wake of this crisis, even as
we’re doing stimulus, we have to take into account our own deficits.”
The German and French leaders laid out a different argument: That the
United States has only now begun to understand the cost of poorly
regulated free market capitalism, and must now bow to the European
model. “The foundation for this new financial architecture must be laid
now,” Mrs. Merkel said. “That is why we seem to be so tough.”
The German chancellor, who meets Mr. Obama one on one this weekend,
rejected attempts to link the American and British demands for fiscal
stimulus programs to the French and German agenda on regulations.
Although Germany did implement a reasonably large stimulus package this
year, it has not agreed to one for 2010, contending that its generous
social safety net makes further spending unnecessary. Mr. Sarkozy
seemed more in the mood for horse-trading. He said France had made a
gesture to the United States by rejoining the command structure of the
NATO alliance, and he implied that the United States needed to make a
similar gesture in the regulatory arena.
Saying he trusted President Obama, Mr. Sarkozy said he did not want to
point fingers about the crisis. But he added, “the crisis didn’t
actually spontaneously erupt in Europe.”



GOOD
INAUGURAL ADDRESS - BUT NOT MEMORABLE (GUY
IN THE CAP WROTE IT?). Record
brief inaugural address by
Mr. Faux-Bama
Not so fast!
Obama Apologizes For Gaffe on Special Olympics
NYTIMES
By REUTERS
Filed at 1:03 p.m. ET
March 20, 2009
WASHINGTON (Reuters) - President Barack Obama has apologized for a
gaffe in which he described his bowling skills as akin to participants
in the Special Olympics, a sports program for people with intellectual
disabilities.
Obama made the mistake during an interview on Thursday night on "The
Tonight Show" with host Jay Leno, the first time a sitting U.S.
president had been on the show.
Talking about living in the White House, Obama said he had been
practicing his bowling in the home's bowling alley and had scored a 129
out of a possible 300. It was an improvement on the embarrassing
37 he had rolled during a stop on the presidential campaign trail a
year ago.
"It's like -- it was like Special Olympics or something," Obama said.
The Special Olympics is a global nonprofit organization serving some
200 million people with intellectual disabilities, with a presence in
nearly 200 countries worldwide. They compete in sporting events like
the real Olympics. Soon after the Jay Leno interview, Obama
telephoned Special Olympics chairman Tim Shriver to apologize.
Shriver told ABC's "Good Morning America" television show that Obama
had apologized "in a way that I think was very moving" and that he said
"he did not intend to humiliate the population, didn't want to
embarrass or give anybody any more reason for pain or kind of
suffering."
Shriver said people should gain a lesson from the incident.
"I think it's important to see that words hurt. Words do matter. And
these words in some respect, can be seen as humiliating or a put-down
to people with special needs, do cause pain. And they do result in
stereotypes," Shriver said.
White House spokesman Bill Burton said Obama "made an offhand remark
making fun of his own bowling that was in no way intended to disparage
the Special Olympics."
"He thinks that the Special Olympics are a wonderful program that gives
an opportunity to shine to people with disabilities from around the
world," Burton said.
Shriver said he knows of a Special Olympian in the Detroit area who has
bowled three perfect games of 300 and "he said he would be more than
welcome to find the time to come to the White House and teach the
president."
Op-Ed
Columnist: No Boiled Carrots
NYTIMES
By MAUREEN DOWD
March 18, 2009
WASHINGTON
Barack Obama even needs a teleprompter to get mad.
On St. Patrick’s Day, the president spoke a bit of Gaelic, dyed the
White House fountains green and talked about his distant relatives in
the tiny Irish town of Moneygall, aptly named since money and gall are
the two topics now consuming him.
But Mr. Obama is still having trouble summoning a suitable flash of
Irish temper at the gall of the corrupt money magicians who continue to
make our greenbacks disappear into their bottomless well. He’s got to
lop off some heads.
As he watches the fury of ordinary Americans bubble up at those who
continue to plunder our economy, he should keep in mind one of my dad’s
favorite Gaelic sayings: “Never bolt the door with a boiled carrot.”
His lofty team of economic rivals is looking more like a team of small
forwards and shooting guards. At the White House on Monday, the
president read reporters some tough talk from the teleprompter about
the chuckleheads at A.I.G., accusing them of “recklessness and greed.”
But it was his own boiled carrots who acted shocked at bonuses that
they should have known were coming, and should have dismantled before
handing A.I.G. another $30 billion two weeks ago. It is bad enough that
the billions are being laundered through A.I.G. to the likes of bailout
double-dippers Goldman Sachs, Citigroup and Bank of America, not to
mention foreign banks.
Mr. Obama belatedly tried to stop the tumbrels that began rolling
toward the Potomac after Larry Summers went on Sunday talk shows to
assert that there was nothing the administration could do about the
blood-sucking insurance monstrosity’s venal payout.
Summers, who inspires lusty dreams of A.I.G. tormentor Eliot Spitzer,
asserted that the government “cannot just abrogate” contracts with
financial vampires. It seems as though it would be pretty easy to upend
a bonus contract that must read something like: “If you ruin the world
economy, we’ll pay you an extra million.”
As Andrew Cuomo pointed out on Tuesday, 11 of the A.I.G. executives who
received retention bonuses of $1 million or more — including one who
received $4.6 million — were not even retained. They’re no longer
working at A.I.G. Bonuses were paid to 52 people who have left the
company.
At first, on the nutty bonuses, Team Obama thought it could get away
with the same absurd argument used to justify the nearly $8 billion in
unnecessary earmarks it allowed Congress to jam into this year’s
overdue spending bill: It was written last year; we’re just signing off
on it; we’ll do better in the future.
What President Obama should have said to the blood-sucking bums at
A.I.G., many of them foreigners who were working at the louche London
unit, was quite simple: “We stopped the checks. They’re immoral. If you
want Americans’ hard-earned cash as a reward for burning up their jobs,
homes and savings, sue me.”
He also should have saved a dollar a year and fired Ed Liddy. There
must have been ways to avoid rewarding the perpetrators of our
financial crisis and Liddy seems to have seriously explored none of
them.
Barney Frank told reporters: “I think the time has come to exercise our
ownership rights ... and then say as owner, ‘No, I’m not paying you the
bonus. You didn’t perform. You didn’t live up to this contract.’ ”
Cuomo, who seems far more intent on transparency than Mr. Obama, and
Tim Geithner, the Treasury secretary who reluctantly signed off on the
bonuses, issued subpoenas for the names of the bonus babies. Cuomo
started an investigation of whether the payments were fraudulent
because the company knew it did not have the funds to cover them.
The president needs to brush back the arrogant, greedy creeps who
kneecapped capitalism, rather than cosseting Wall Street for fear of
looking like an avatar of socialism.
Geithner, who comes from the cozy Wall Street club, and Liddy believe
it’s best to stabilize the company and keep on board the same people
who invented the risky financial tactics so they can unwind their own
rotten spool.
Isn’t that like giving bonuses to the arsonists who started a fire
because they alone know what kind of accelerants they used to start it?
“Their mythology starts with the false premise that these are
irreplaceable geniuses,” says Cuomo.
Boiling mad that A.I.G. made more than 73 millionaires in the unit that
felled the firm, Cuomo called the company’s counsel on Monday to demand
that she stop payment on the checks. Cuomo was informed that the money
had already been direct-deposited in the accounts of the derivative
scoundrels with the push of a button.
The Gift That Keeps on Giving
NYTIMES Editorial
March 17, 2009
After
four bailouts totaling some $170 billion, the American International
Group has finally answered some of the questions about where the money
went. Unfortunately, the answers have only succeeded in raising many
more questions.
On Saturday, Americans learned that A.I.G. planned to pay $165 million
in bonuses to executives and employees in the very division that caused
the problems that led to the federal bailouts. Taxpayers have every
right to be outraged, and President Obama was right to acknowledge that
outrage on Monday, when he vowed to try to stop the payments.
Mr. Obama’s tough talk, however, contrasted with comments made by his
top economic adviser, Lawrence Summers, and by the Treasury Department.
They had already expressed dismay but said that legally they could do
nothing to stop the bonuses, which, in fact, had already mostly been
paid on Friday.
It is frustrating enough for Americans to try to figure out which part
of that mixed message reflects the administration’s true position. But
the bigger issue is that the bonuses are something of a distraction.
Seen by themselves, the payments are huge, but they are less than
one-tenth of 1 percent of the money already committed to the A.I.G.
bailout.
Which brings us to the second disclosure of recent days. It was common
knowledge that most of the A.I.G. bailout money had been funneled to
the company’s trading partners — banks and other financial firms that
would have lost big if A.I.G. were allowed to fail. On Sunday, after
much prodding by Congress and the public, A.I.G. finally released the
partners’ identities, along with amounts paid thus far to make them
whole.
The largest single recipient was Goldman Sachs ($12.9 billion). The
amount — hardly chump change even by Wall Street standards — appears to
contradict earlier assertions by Goldman that its exposure to risk from
A.I.G. was “not material” and that its positions were offset by
collateral or hedges. If so, why didn’t the hedges pay up instead of
the American taxpayers?
Other recipients include 20 European banks that received a total of
$58.8 billion and Merrill Lynch ($6.8 billion), Bank of America ($5.2
billion) and Citigroup ($2.3 billion).
Altogether, the disclosures account for $107.8 billion in A.I.G.
bailout money. Which leaves us wondering about the rest of the money.
Another $30 billion was added to the A.I.G. bailout pot this month and
must be accounted for as soon as it is spent. That leaves some $32
billion unaccounted for. Where did it go?
Taxpayers also need to be told the precise nature of the banks’
dealings with A.I.G. Appearing on “60 Minutes” on Sunday, Ben Bernanke,
the Federal Reserve chairman, described A.I.G. as a company “that made
all kinds of unconscionable bets.” Well, on the other side of those
bets are the banks that received the bailout money. It is possible that
one side of a bet is acting unconscionably and that another side is
acting in good faith. But it’s also possible that both sides are trying
to play an unseemly game to their own advantage.
Congress must investigate, and the new disclosures give them enough to
get started. Untangling all the entanglements is not only essential to
understanding how the system became so badly broken, but also to
restoring faith in the government that it is up to the task of fixing
it.
Europe Hedges on Guantánamo
Detainees
NYTIMES
By WILLIAM GLABERSON and STEVEN ERLANGER
March
16, 2009
European countries that in recent months have offered to help the Obama
administration close the detention center at Guantánamo Bay,
Cuba, by possibly resettling detainees have begun raising questions
about the security risks and requirements if they accept prisoners who
were described for years by Bush administration officials as “the worst
of the worst,” according to diplomats and officials on both sides of
the Atlantic.
The concerns, and a deep suspicion of whether the American intelligence
community will share full information on the prisoners, are likely to
complicate the resettlement effort, which is critical to President
Obama’s fulfilling his pledge to close Guantánamo within a
year. The offers, from Spain, Portugal, Italy, France, Belgium,
Switzerland and other countries, have been widely seen as efforts to
win favor with the new administration by helping to close the camp in
Cuba, which was a contentious issue during the Bush years.
Still, with a first round of talks on the Guantánamo issues
scheduled for Monday in Washington between Obama administration
officials and a high-level delegation from the European Union, several
European leaders have recently emphasized that they can make no firm
commitments until they are given complete details on the prisoners.
“We’d have to study concrete cases,” María Teresa
Fernández de la Vega Sanz, Spain’s deputy prime minister, said
in an interview last week.
Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton recently told reporters she
was “quite encouraged at the positive, receptive responses we’ve been
getting” to requests for help in accepting Guantánamo detainees.
But some European officials said the Obama administration had yet to
detail what would be involved in resettling detainees and whether the
United States would also open its doors to Guantánamo prisoners,
which the Bush administration declined to do.
“We understand, you have a big problem,” said one European official who
said he would speak only if not identified. “And we appreciate what
President Obama has said about closing Guantánamo. But that
doesn’t automatically mean putting all the remaining inmates on a plane
and sending them to Europe.”
Obama administration officials say some 60 of the remaining 241
detainees, those who cannot be sent to their home countries for
humanitarian or other reasons, could be resettled in Europe. A
senior State Department official conceded that there were some concerns
in Europe about accepting Guantánamo detainees. But the
official, speaking on the condition of anonymity because he was not
designated to speak publicly on the issue, argued: “It is really just a
small effort to help us deal with a legacy of the past. This is
something we inherited, too.”
A senior French
official said France was “ready to help,” but that “Guantánamo
is an American responsibility.”
“It’s not an absolute condition, but it would be easier if the U.S.
administration is willing to take some detainees,” said the French
official who spoke on the condition of anonymity, as did several
officials in other countries, to avoid antagonizing the Obama
administration.
American officials conceded that talks with Europe were likely to be
complex, but said they were working with intelligence agencies to
provide as much information about detainees as possible. The senior
State Department official said that the White House was considering
whether any detainees might be admitted into the United States, in part
because of the European focus on that issue.
The detainees most often mentioned for resettlement in the United
States are 17 Uighurs, members of a Chinese Muslim minority, who
American officials say cannot be returned to China for fear of
mistreatment. The men have argued that they were allies of the United
States who were wrongly rounded up in Afghanistan and Pakistan in 2001.
After court battles, the Bush administration conceded that the men were
not enemies of the United States.
Both American and European Union officials described the talks
scheduled for Monday as a critical first step for any possible
resettlement of Guantánamo detainees, saying that common
European ground rules would ease the way toward decisions by individual
countries. Jacques Barrot, a European Union vice president who is
to lead the European delegation, said there was an opportunity “to turn
together a dark page” in the history of the fight against terrorism.
But officials said the delegation was arriving with far more questions
than answers.
Among the host of questions, European officials said, was whether the
former prisoners would need to be monitored, whether they would have
full travel rights in Europe and whether detainees might entangle their
countries’ courts in years of legal battles by suing former American
officials for their imprisonment and treatment. Obama
administration officials are working on a two-pronged plan to close the
prison. They are analyzing how many detainees might be tried, most
likely in the United States, and working toward transferring scores of
the others.
The Bush administration often failed when it asked other countries to
accept detainees, partly because those requests were usually
accompanied by public comments defending the imprisonments by
describing the detainees as dangerous terrorists.
The new administration is sending a different message. “We are less
vested in trying to prove that these people are rightly held,” the
senior State Department official said.
Given that stance by the Obama administration, some European officials
say Washington’s focus on sending the detainees to Europe raises many
questions. Germany’s interior minister, Wolfgang Schauble, has
suggested publicly that if Guantánamo detainees pose no security
risk, there is no reason the United States should not take them.
“We should know what is being asked of us,” said Pekka Lintu, Finland’s
ambassador in Washington.
EDITORIAL: Obama's reliance on
teleprompters
Washington
Times
Tuesday, March 10, 2009
Is President Obama able to conduct a news conference without a
teleprompter? Is he is an automaton in answering questions? With all
the jokes about Karl Rove as George Bush's brain or cracks during the
1980s about Ronald Reagan supposedly being an amiable dunce, could you
imagine the reaction if either president had used a teleprompter to
answer questions? The late night joke writers wouldn't have let it go
until the president gave in to the merciless ridicule as he was painted
as an idiot who couldn't tie his shoes without being fed instructions
on how to do it.
As it was, Mr. Bush suffered a deluge of unfounded criticism over the
"bulge" in his jacket during the first presidential debate in 2004. The
bizarre claim was that somehow this bulge allowed Karl Rove or someone
else to tell Mr. Bush what to say during the debate. Democratic
National Committee Chairman Terence R. McAuliffe raised the issue.
Salon.com asked, "Was President Bush literally channeling Karl Rove in
his first debate with John Kerry?" The Washington Post noted,
"Journalists had been passing around the link to the photo all week"
and referred to the "widespread" speculation.
Well, it might be time to ask even more seriously if David Axelrod is
Barack Obama's brain.
Finally, last Friday, Politico broached a topic that has been talked
about in Washington for months - Obama's almost total reliance on a
teleprompter. The Politico went so far as referring to it as a "crutch"
that created awkward moments witnessed by the press that made taking
pictures of the president and others in the White House tricky. It is
hard for the media to ignore the teleprompter when they are angling for
shots so that the teleprompters aren't blocking pictures of the
president and others.
Towson University political science professor and presidential
historian Martha Joynt Kumar noted this use of the teleprompter "is
just something presidents haven't done." Until now.
Just last week, Obama's presentation of Kansas Gov. Kathleen Sebelius
as head of Health and Human Services created an awkward silence between
the Obama and Sebelius presentations while everyone had to wait for the
teleprompters to be lowered to be moved out of the way. Politico
mentioned the "uncomfortable laughter" the delay produced from the
audience.
The American Spectator notes that for many events: "... down to many of
the questions and the answers to those questions. ... [t]eleprompter
screens at the events scrolled not only his opening remarks, but also
statistics and information he could use to answer questions." It quoted
one Obama advisor as saying that Mr. Obama is looking at installing a
computer screen in White House podiums so "it would make it easier for
the comms (communications) guys to pass along information without being
obvious about it."
The notion that a computer technician is queuing up the president's
answers to questions is disturbing. One can easily imagine a Saturday
Night Live skit where a technician waits with a canned set of answers
to possible questions and from time to time cues up the wrong one.
Some have noted that Mr. Obama's stumbling speeches have occurred when
teleprompters have malfunctioned. The Politico reports that
President-elect Obama's vacation to Hawaii last year was actually used
to try "wean[ing] himself off of the device ... But no such luck."
Andrew Breitbart's Big Hollywood blog followed the Late Night comics
during the first month of the Obama presidency and noted the complete
lack of jokes about the new president. Of course, that is nothing new.
During the campaign last year from Jan. 1 to July 31, the Center for
Media and Public Affairs found that both John McCain and Hillary
Clinton had at least twice as many jokes about them by network
comedians as about Mr. Obama.
Yet possibly the comedians have an excuse for missing this, given the
virtually complete lack of coverage by the news media. With all the
effort to maneuver camera shots to avoid teleprompters blocking Mr.
Obama's pictures, the news media has no such excuse.
While the teleprompter might let Mr. Obama blame someone else whenever
the answer turns out to be wrong, we would like to have a president who
occasionally comes across as more than a TV anchor reading a script.
On the White House; To Keep in Touch,
Obama Picks Up the Phone
NYTIMES
By JEFF ZELENY
March
4, 2009
WASHINGTON — President Obama may like his Blackberry, but he loves the
telephone.
Whether he has a few spare minutes in the Oval Office, sitting aboard
Air Force One or waiting in the wings before delivering a speech, he
often picks up the phone and makes a call or two. On some days, aides
say, Mr. Obama makes at least two dozen calls in an attempt to stay
connected to — and glean information from — the outside world.
The telephone habits of the president came to light late last week when
Mr. Obama unexpectedly called George W. Bush to inform him of the
administration’s plan to remove most combat troops from Iraq over the
next 19 months. That call, like many of those made to others in recent
weeks by the new president, took the recipient by surprise.
The calls have not only been going out to members of Congress,
governors and other dignitaries, but also to an array of experts who
Mr. Obama has long been turning to for counsel and guidance.
“The president is reading and receiving a lot of information, but he
still likes to pick up the phone and talk to people,” said Robert
Gibbs, the White House press secretary, who is often in the room when
Mr. Obama is making calls. “Asking questions or getting ideas, you get
instant feedback. And most of all, you can stay connected.”
On Saturday evening, for example, Mr. Gibbs said he was sitting in the
Oval Office when the president placed a call to Gov. Kathleen Sebelius
of Kansas to inform her that she had been selected as his latest
nominee to serve as Health and Human Services secretary. Those types of
courtesy calls are made by all presidents, but they do not offer a full
window into how attached Mr. Obama is to the telephone.
To fully understand Mr. Obama’s penchant for making calls, it is
important to turn back the page to the days when he was dialing the
numbers by himself, long before the White House switchboard could
connect him to anyone in the world.
At the end of his first year in Washington, Mr. Obama was asked to
explain the best aspect of being a senator. His answer from an
interview on Dec. 16, 2005, offers a glimpse into his attachment to the
telephone, which aides said has not gone away.
“Everybody takes your phone calls,” Mr. Obama told me. “If there is a
topic I’m interested in, I can call the smartest people in the world on
that topic and talk to them about it. Sometimes they’ll come into my
office and that is just a huge luxury.
“If I’m interested in finance, I can call Warren Buffett. If I’m
interested in health care, I can call the top administrators or
health-care experts in the country. If I’m interested in foreign
policy, I can not only call experts here, but I can call experts
overseas,” Mr. Obama added. “That’s fun.”
The White House archives show that President Woodrow Wilson made the
first transcontinental call from the Oval Office on January 25, 1915.
Mr. Obama’s first came barely an hour after stepping into the office
for the first time on the morning of Jan. 21, as he reached out to four
Middle Eastern leaders to talk about the peace process.
Since then, according to an official record, Mr. Obama has called the
presidents of China, Lebanon, Colombia and South Africa. He has talked
to the prime ministers of Japan, Australia, Canada and Iraq, and the
king of Saudi Arabia.
The calls to foreign leaders, which are primarily made from a highly
secure telephone at his desk in the Oval Office, are standard fare for
all presidents. But it is the calls to a wide variety of others — aides
say his call list is confidential, just as his calls are secure — that
make this president’s phone work more unusual.
“He’s always looking for ways to connect outside the bubble,” said
David Axelrod, a senior adviser to the president, who still excuses
himself from the dinner table when he receives a call from Mr. Obama on
some nights around 11 p.m., just as he did throughout the course of his
two-year presidential campaign
During the legislative debate over the economic recovery package,
several senators and representatives reported receiving multiple calls
from the president, more than they remember getting from Mr. Bush.
Shortly after Air Force One returned to Washington from a visit to
Indiana, the president dialed Senator Richard G. Lugar, the state’s
senior Republican, who was among Mr. Obama’s friends in the Senate.
“The president called twice,” said Mr. Lugar, who told Mr. Obama on the
second call that he intended to vote against the stimulus bill. Rather
than jumping off the phone, Mr. Lugar recalled that the two talked for
a while longer. “He said he hoped that it would not set the tone for
future relations. I told him I look forward to happier times.”
While his political advisers, legal team and security detail tried to
dissuade him from keeping his Blackberry after he was elected — a fight
that Mr. Obama ultimately won — there has been far less debate about
weaning him from his telephone.
That, aides concede, is not negotiable for the country’s first
president who rose to power in a culture of unlimited cell phone
calling plans.
Now, Mr. Obama is surrounded by telephones. There is a large, gray
Raytheon phone — programmed with speed dial buttons to most of his top
aides (from “Senior Advisor Axelrod” to the “CIA Director”) — in nearly
each room of the White House. He also has one in his office aboard Air
Force One. And, Mr. Gibbs said, the president was particularly
impressed by the many phones inside the presidential limousine.
“He thinks the coolest thing about this,” Mr. Gibbs said, “is that you
can pick up the phone and say, ‘I need to reach so and so,’ and a
minute later, the phone rings and they are on the line.”
Op-Ed Columnist: Stage of Fools
NYTIMES
By MAUREEN DOWD
March 4, 2009
WASHINGTON
If only Shakespeare had known how to Twitter.
There was a bit of King Lear in the scene on the Senate floor, a
stormy, solitary John McCain on “this great stage of fools,” as the
Bard wrote, railing against both parties and the president in fiery
speeches and rapid-fire tweets.
“He’s mad that trusts in the tameness of a wolf, a horse’s health, a
boy’s love, or a whore’s oath,” the Fool told Lear.
And he’s truly mad that trusts in the promise of a presidential
candidate to quell earmarks.
The 72-year-old senator who seemed hopelessly 20th century when he
confessed during the campaign that he didn’t know how to use a computer
or send an e-mail has now mastered the latest technology fad,
twittering up a twizzard to tweak his former rival.
Before the Senate resoundingly defeated a McCain amendment on Tuesday
that would have shorn 9,000 earmarks worth $7.7 billion from the $410
billion spending bill, the Arizona senator twittered lists of offensive
bipartisan pork, including:
• $2.1 million for the Center for Grape Genetics in New York. “quick
peel me a grape,” McCain twittered.
• $1.7 million for a honey bee factory in Weslaco, Tex.
• $1.7 million for pig odor research in Iowa.
• $1 million for Mormon cricket control in Utah. “Is that the species
of cricket or a game played by the brits?” McCain tweeted.
• $819,000 for catfish genetics research in Alabama.
• $650,000 for beaver management in North Carolina and Mississippi.
• $951,500 for Sustainable Las Vegas. (McCain, a devotee of Vegas and
gambling, must really be against earmarks if he doesn’t want to
“sustain” Vegas.)
• $2 million “for the promotion of astronomy” in Hawaii, as McCain
twittered, “because nothing says new jobs for average Americans like
investing in astronomy.”
• $167,000 for the Autry National Center for the American West in Los
Angeles. “Hopefully for a Back in the Saddle Again exhibit,” McCain
tweeted sarcastically.
• $238,000 for the Polynesian Voyaging Society in Hawaii. “During these
tough economic times with Americans out of work,” McCain twittered.
• $200,000 for a tattoo removal violence outreach program to help gang
members or others shed visible signs of their past. “REALLY?” McCain
twittered.
• $209,000 to improve blueberry production and efficiency in Georgia.
“When do we turn off the spigots?” Senator McCain said in his cri de
coeur on the Senate floor. “Haven’t we learned anything? Bills like
this jeopardize our future.”
In one of his disturbing spells of passivity, President Obama decided
not to fight Congress and live up to his own no-earmark pledge from the
campaign.
He’s been lecturing us on the need to prune away frills while the
economy fizzles. He was slated to make a speech on “wasteful spending”
on Wednesday.
“You know, there are times where you can afford to redecorate your
house and there are times where you need to focus on rebuilding its
foundation,” he said recently about the “hard choices” we must make.
Yet he did not ask Congress to sacrifice and make hard choices; he let
it do a lot of frivolous redecorating in its budget.
He reckons he’ll need Congress for more ambitious projects, like health
care, and when he goes back to wheedle more bailout billions, given
that A.I.G. and G.M. and our other corporate protectorates are burning
through our money faster than we can print it and borrow it from the
ever-more-alarmed Chinese.
Team Obama sounds hollow, chanting that “the status quo is not
acceptable,” even while conceding that the president is accepting the
status quo by signing a budget festooned with pork.
Obama spinners insist it was “a leftover budget.” But Iraq was
leftover, too, and the president’s trying to end that. This is the
first pork-filled budget from a new president who promised to go
through the budget “line by line” and cut pork.
On “Face the Nation” on Sunday, Obama’s chief of staff, Rahm Emanuel,
dismissed the bill as “last year’s business,” because most of it was
written last year.
But given how angry Americans are, watching their future go up in
smoke, the bloated bill counts as this year’s business.
It includes $38.4 million of earmarks sponsored or co-sponsored by
President Obama’s labor secretary, Hilda Solis; $109 million Hillary
Clinton signed on to; and $31.2 million in earmarks sought by
Transportation Secretary Ray LaHood with colleagues.
(Even Barack Obama was listed as one of the co-sponsors of a $7.7
million pet project for Tribally Controlled Postsecondary Vocational
Institutions until he got his name taken off last week.)
And then there are the 16 earmarks worth $8.5 million that Emanuel put
into the bill when he was a congressman, including money for streets in
Chicago suburbs and a Chicago planetarium.
Blame it on the stars, Rahm, or on old business. But as Shakespeare
wrote in “Lear”: “This is the excellent foppery of the world, that,
when we are sick in fortune — often the surfeits of our own behavior —
we make guilty of our own disasters, the sun, the moon, and the stars.”
Biden
think of this, too? A form of
"testing" a new President...
Russian Bomber Neared Canada Before Obama Visit
NYTIMES
By REUTERS
Filed at 9:32 a.m. ET
February 27, 2009
OTTAWA (Reuters) - Canadian fighters scrambled to intercept an
approaching Russian bomber less than 24 hours before U.S. President
Barack Obama's visit to Ottawa last week, Canadian Defense Minister
Peter MacKay said on Friday.
The Bear bomber did not enter Canada's Arctic airspace but the Canadian
fighters had to order the plane to turn back, MacKay said at a news
conference.
Obama spent a few hours in the Canadian capital on February 19 on his
first foreign trip since taking over at the White House.
"I'm not going to stand here and accuse the Russians of having
deliberately done this during the presidential visit but it was a
strong coincidence, which we met with the presence, as we always do, of
F-18 fighter planes ... and sent a strong signal that they should back
off and stay out of our air space," said MacKay.
He also said Russia had stepped up its bomber flights toward the
Canadian Arctic in the last few years, reviving a practice that was
common during the Cold War.
(Reporting by David Ljunggren;
Editing by Doina Chiacu)
Gee, why do you
think this is?
Democrats Strike Different Tone on Katrina
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
Filed at 11:43 a.m. ET
February
19, 2009
WASHINGTON (AP) -- The economic stimulus signed by President Barack
Obama will spread billions of dollars across the country to spruce up
aging roads and bridges. But there's not a dime specifically dedicated
to fixing leftover damage from Hurricane Katrina.
And there's no outrage about it.
Democrats who routinely criticized President George W. Bush for not
sending more money to the Gulf Coast appear to be giving Obama the
benefit of the doubt in his first major spending initiative. Even the
Gulf's fiercest advocates say they're happy with the stimulus package,
and their states have enough money for now to address their needs.
''I'm not saying there won't be a need in the future, but right now the
focus is not on more money, it's on using what we have,'' said Sen.
Mary Landrieu, D-La., who has criticized Democrats and Republicans
alike over Katrina funding.
It's a significant change in tone from the Bush years, when any
perceived slight of Katrina victims was met with charges that the
Republican president who bungled the initial response to the disaster
continued to callously ignore the Gulf's needs years later. Just
last summer, Democrats accused Bush of putting Iraq before New Orleans
when he sought to block Gulf Coast reconstruction money from a $162
billion war spending bill. Bush was pilloried for not mentioning the
disaster in back-to-back State of the Union addresses.
Former Rep. Jim McCrery, R-La., who helped lead the fight for Gulf aid
before retiring last year, said he was surprised by the lack of Katrina
money in the bill, but figures lawmakers may be granting Obama leniency
due to the magnitude of the country's current economic challenges.
''Any new president is going to have a little honeymoon,'' said
McCrery, who is now a lobbyist. ''I'd like to think that the tone would
have been the same with any new president.''
Thomas Langston, a Tulane University political scientist, said
Democrats may be ''playing nice'' to keep in good favor. But dire needs
remain, he said.
''Hopefully they've gotten some promises behind the scenes about
longer-term commitments,'' Langston said. ''Like most people down here,
I would hate for anybody to get the impression that, 'We're good, thank
you.'''
Katrina was blamed for more than 1,600 deaths and $41 billion in
property damage. Critics say the Gulf Coast remains vulnerable to
similar devastation without significantly strengthened levees and other
flood controls. The federal government has devoted more than $175
billion to the region since Katrina ripped through New Orleans in 2005,
and billions remain unspent. It's unclear how much more money will be
needed, but nearly everyone agrees the federal government should
continue investing heavily in the region's levees and other
infrastructure to prevent a repeat of Katrina's devastation.
Under the $787 billion stimulus bill, states will share more than $90
billion in infrastructure money. Gulf states such as Louisiana,
Mississippi and Alabama can use their funds for Katrina-related
projects, but they'll get the same formula-based share that other
states receive. There was hardly a complaint as Obama and other
Democratic leaders pieced together the package. Members
of the all-Democratic Congressional Black Caucus, who have called
Bush's Katrina funding a moral failure, said they were thrilled with
the stimulus bill. Landrieu
won several provisions that do not allocate new money but are aimed at
cutting through red tape to free up existing funds.
''I think people looked at how generous Congress has been in the
past,'' said Rep. Bennie Thompson, D-Miss., who chairs the House
Homeland Security Committee. ''(The states) have to demonstrate that
they can be good custodians of the money.''
Thompson and others say new funding wasn't necessary in the stimulus
largely because billions of federal dollars remain bogged down in
bureaucracy or tied up in planning. As a result, they said, Katrina
funding doesn't fit with the quick-spending purpose of the stimulus
bill, which is aimed at kick-starting the economy.
Ironically, Bush made similar arguments in recent years as Gulf
advocates latched onto nearly any legislation they could find to pursue
reconstruction money. For example, he routinely argued that Katrina
funding didn't belong in war spending bills and that new funding wasn't
urgent because unspent billions were already in the pipeline.
In
part, the lack of criticism this year could reflect a stronger trust by
fellow Democrats that Obama will follow through with his campaign
pledge to rebuild levees and ''keep the broken promises'' to the Gulf.
Whether the grace period continues could hinge on how Obama addresses
the issue in future spending bills.
Without discussing specific funding plans, White House spokeswoman
Gannet Tseggai said Obama is ''dedicated to rebuilding New Orleans and
the Gulf Coast and looks forward to working with Congress to ensure
they get the help they so desperately need.''

Carlos Slim Helú: The Reticent Media
Baron
NYTIMES
By MARC LACEY
February 16, 2009
MEXICO CITY — Carlos Slim Helú was clearly annoyed. He had
invited dozens of foreign correspondents to lunch one day last fall
and, after many questions about business trends, one journalist pressed
him on how it felt to be worth so much in a country in which many
people struggle to get by. Mr. Slim cut off the questioner and
defended his stewardship of a vast business empire. His curt tone made
clear that he did not favor that line of questioning.
Mr. Slim, Mexico’s richest man and now a major shareholder in and
lender to The New York Times, has a complex relationship with the news
media. He invests money in an array of television and newspaper
companies and says he sees a bright future for those media companies
that adapt. But when the news media focus their spotlight on him,
he sometimes gives the impression that he wants to be left alone to
make more money in peace.
An avid newspaper reader of what he calls the “paper generation,” Mr.
Slim says he sees the shift to digital news, which has left newspaper
companies struggling, as not necessarily being their death knell. He
likens them to transport companies at the turn of the 20th century that
grappled with the advent of motorcars. Those that stuck to horses went
belly up.
With telecommunications, retailing and construction companies under his
command, Mr. Slim looms large over the media landscape in his country.
Notoriously thin-skinned, he does not have to pick up the phone and
bellow at those who publish and broadcast something he does not like.
His vast resources often translate into less-than-critical
coverage. Mr. Slim declined through his spokesman and son-in-law,
Arturo Elias, to be interviewed for this article.
Raymundo Riva Palacio, a veteran journalist in Mexico City, said that
after he wrote a column in El Universal newspaper in 2006 condemning
Mr. Slim as a monopolist, a Slim adviser threatened to remove newspaper
ads from his companies. That was no small threat. Mr. Slim’s
holdings are so vast that he controls a large chunk of all advertising
countrywide. Eduardo García, a Mexican journalist who runs a
Spanish-language financial news Web site and follows Mr. Slim,
estimated his wealth at almost $44 billion as of the end of 2008.
“I took it as part of the natural dynamic between the media and the
powers that be in Mexico,” Mr. Riva Palacio said, adding that the
incident was quietly resolved. “That’s how things work here.”
Mr. Elias, the Slim spokesman, said that no ads were removed and that
Mr. Slim does not use his economic might that way. “We are an important
advertiser, yes, but that doesn’t give us a right to meddle in the
editorial side,” Mr. Elias said.
Mr. Slim built his fortune buying distressed companies and turning them
around, but he joined the top ranks of the world’s billionaires when he
bought the Mexican telephone monopoly, Teléfonos de
México, known as Telmex, from the government in 1990. His
critics say his political connections won him the company, but he has
countered that his winning bid of $1.76 billion was above market
price. Today, even though Mexico’s telephone market is ostensibly
open to competition, its rates are among the highest in the world.
Telmex controls more than 90 percent of the local market for fixed
lines and more than 70 percent of the cellphone market. Competitors say
the company throws up repeated obstacles and regulators are reluctant
to act.
When it comes to the media, Mr. Slim’s family businesses have invested
in a variety of television networks and bought a 1 percent stake in The
Independent newspaper in Britain last year.
“His leverage is tremendous,” said Mr. García, who publishes a
financial news Web site in Mexico City, (sentidocomun.com.mx), that
tracks Mr. Slim’s many holdings. “That’s how he muffles all the
criticisms that might come his way.”
He may muffle some critics, but not all. Denise Dresser, a Mexican
political scientist, regularly suggests in newspaper columns that
favorable government treatment, rather than business acumen, made him
rich.
“Going down in history as an evil monopolist who fleeced Mexican
consumers is not an image of himself that he likes, but it’s a true
image,” she said. “The possibility that he would throw his weight
around itself acts as a gag.”
But as Mexico’s recession deepens, Mr. Slim’s critics are multiplying.
Last week, he forecast grim times for Mexico and received a barely
disguised rebuke from President Felipe Calderón, who prefers
upbeat assessments, and said, “Those who have received the most from
this great nation” are obligated to help.
Mr. Slim bristles at suggestions that he is not doing his part for
Mexico. “I think it’s perverse to believe that there shouldn’t be
strong companies in poor countries,” he told the journalists who
attended the media lunch last fall. Behind the scenes, though, he
deploys a team of lawyers to fight efforts by the government to enforce
antitrust laws against him. The country’s Federal Competition
Commission is looking into Mr. Slim’s companies. But the agency is
outspent and outmanned by Mr. Slim. His companies “spend more on a
single case than our entire annual budget,” said an official at the
commission, who insisted on anonymity because he was not authorized to
speak publicly about agency matters.
Even though Mr. Slim sees moneymaking opportunities in the media,
Raúl Trejo, a journalism professor at the National Autonomous
University of Mexico, said Mr. Slim is not an aspiring media tycoon who
dictates news coverage.
At a dinner in London in December, after Mr. Slim bought his initial
Times Company stock, a group of British newspaper editors expressed
astonishment at the large size of the Times newsroom, which has roughly
1,300 reporters and editors. “He gave no indication whether he knew the
size of the staff,” said a participant, who spoke on the condition of
anonymity because the meeting was private. Mr. Elias said
recently that Mr. Slim considered his latest investment in The Times —
$250 million, for which he will receive a 14 percent interest rate and
warrants that are convertible into Times Company shares — as a business
deal.
He already owns 6.9 percent of the company and has lost tens of
millions on that investment. Under the new financial arrangement, that
stake could grow to 17 percent, though he will receive no
representation on the company’s board and no shares with special voting
rights.
Bankers representing The Times approached Mr. Slim with the investment
opportunity, Slim advisers say. Those bankers, at the firm SunTrust
Robinson Humphrey, had first approached The Times with the idea of a
deal with Mr. Slim, said a Times spokeswoman, Catherine Mathis.
Besides the financial benefits, those who know Mr. Slim also see in the
deal an effort to bolster his reputation by linking himself with a
well-known brand. Stung by suggestions that he is a some kind of
robber baron — a label used by Eduardo Porter, a Times editorial
writer, in a 2007 op-ed article — Mr. Slim has granted more interviews
in recent years and expanded his philanthropic work.
“Unlike a great number of business guys who are only focused on the
latest numbers, he has a variety of interests and is focusing more and
more on using his wealth to improve the world,” said Alvin Toffler, the
futurist author, who is a friend of Mr. Slim’s.
It is not merely Mr. Slim’s resources that help swing coverage his way,
Mexican journalists say. Rather, they say, Mr. Slim, a widowed father
of six, has an unassuming, avuncular persona. He often shuffles
into events alone, his bodyguards well out of sight. Addressing the
press, Mr. Slim can appear ill at ease, resembling at times a small
business owner rather than Mexico’s richest man. And even when
newspapers ran columns criticizing him for his recent negative comments
about the Mexican economy, the front pages of leading papers in Mexico
City all ran reports on Thursday of a rumored romance between Mr. Slim
and Queen Noor of Jordan — speculation that was quickly quashed by Mr.
Elias.
“We journalists cover so many bad guys here in Mexico, so many big
egos, that Slim, despite all his faults, doesn’t appear all that bad,”
said Mr. Riva Palacio, the Mexico City journalist.
Elizabeth Malkin and Antonio
Betancourt contributed reporting.
Op-Ed Columnist
How to Stock a Cabinet
NYTIMES
By GAIL COLLINS
February 14, 2009
It’s 8 p.m., American TV viewers, so you know it’s time for: Who Wants to Be a Secretary of
Commerce?
Twenty eager contenders arrived last month in Coral Gables, Fla., at an
exclusive chateau with a defaulted mortgage, ready to compete for the
dream job of a lifetime. At the end of each episode, their host, Joe
Biden, distributes the coveted Roses of Change, inviting all but one
contestant to continue on for another week.
And now, only five remain. They have come from around the nation.
People like you and me, only more interested in promoting market
compliance.
People like Caroline Kennedy, a mom from Manhattan hoping to find a
career that will combine her desire to perform public service at the
highest levels with her yen for total anonymity.
Kennedy became the favorite after last week’s show, when she was the
only contestant who knew that the pact under which the Commerce
Department’s Bureau of Industry and Security regulates the export of
solar cells is known as the Wassenaar Arrangement.
Senator John Kerry, who answered “The Peace of Westphalia,” was sent
home. Vice President Biden, who has broken into tears each time he is
forced to withhold a rose from a hopeful contestant, sobbed
uncontrollably as Kerry recalled how, when he was a child, his
grandfather had told him that if he worked hard, one day he might grow
up to enforce patent law for the entire nation.
The contestants have grown close to one another over the long weeks of
competition. Who could forget the slumber party when Christopher Dodd
confessed to the other chateau guests that after all this time as
chairman of the Senate banking committee, he still didn’t exactly
understand what a toxic asset was? Or the night when Lindsey Graham
collapsed from stress after John McCain and Joe Lieberman demanded that
he say which of them was his real best friend?
Who Wants to Be a Secretary
of Commerce? has proved to be one of the administration’s most
popular TV contests. Its ratings have been second only to Survivor: Department of Health,
Education and Human Services. The nation gave its heart to the
spunky Barbara Mikulski and wept when John Edwards beat her in a
fire-starting contest to win the final challenge.
The only slightly less popular So You Think You Can Run the Labor
Department riveted the nation when, in a shocking surprise
ending, Dennis Kucinich beat out the fan favorite, Chris Matthews, with
a crowd-pleasing performance in which Dennis and stunning wife
Elizabeth sang “The Ballad of Joe Hill” while dancing the Macarena.
The idea of filling the cabinet via TV games came to President Obama
when Senator Judd Gregg changed his mind about becoming secretary of
commerce. Gregg lost interest after discovering, late in the day, that
he was a Republican and Obama was a Democrat. Instantly, dozens of
other senators who were bored working in a place where everything
important is decided by the three moderate Republicans, volunteered for
the job.
The new system helped reduce hard feelings, increase transparency and
halved the unemployment rate in the critical reality-show sector. It
worked out so well, in fact, that Obama has begun using it for
sub-cabinet posts as well. Keep an eye out for the upcoming The Apprentice: Chief Performance
Officer, in which Mitt Romney will be challenged to help Arnold
Schwarzenegger save the California economy with a chain of lemonade
stands in Los Angeles along Rodeo Drive.
In tonight’s episode of Who
Wants to Be a Secretary of Commerce?, attention turns to the
Republicans. Graham, McCain and Rudy Giuliani will face off in a series
of events that include seeing who can stand on one foot in a rainstorm
for the longest time and delivering census forms to a public housing
development.
The winner will join Kennedy and dark-horse contender David Petraeus in
the Final Three. Each will enjoy a dream dinner in a glamorous Tampa
restaurant, during which Biden will ask them whether their role model
in the job would be Herbert Hoover, Harry Hopkins or Philip Klutznick.
Meanwhile, in other TV news, NBC has announced its midseason
programming will be led off with “The Women From Maine” in
which Senators Olympia Snowe and Susan Collins play moderate Republican
witches who try to make the world a better and more fiscally
responsible place. Harry Reid will co-star as their befuddled landlord
who thinks his tenants are unemployed actresses trying to break into
the Portland theater business. Arlen Specter will play Squeaky, their
impish helper.

Obama cabinet:
Unlucky or naive?
By Jonathan Beale
BBC News, Washington
13 February 2009
Picking a Cabinet? Easier said than done. Just ask Barack
Obama.
The president came to power with a powerful promise of change
and a pledge to end the old politics while ushering in a new era of
political integrity.
There was to be political and racial diversity too, but it
has not quite worked out as planned.
Nominees have already fallen like flies. Out has gone his
first choice of commerce secretary, the New Mexico governor Bill
Richardson, who is facing an investigation into his links with big
business. The president's pick for health secretary, Tom Daschle, has
had to pull out too after failing to keep up with his taxes.
The same problem befell Nancy Killefer, earmarked for the job
of chief government performance officer. The president wanted Tim
Geithner for treasury secretary, and did get his man despite having
found another who has been embarrassed by tax issues.
Carelessness
But now there's the case of Judd Gregg, whose sudden
departure is rather different from the rest. To misquote Oscar Wilde:
to lose one may seem unfortunate but to lose four looks more like
carelessness.
Mr Gregg is the first to withdraw his nomination because of
"irresolvable conflicts" over policy, and the blame does not all belong
to Mr Obama. Only 10 days ago the Republican was happy to accept his
nomination as commerce secretary, praising the president's decision to
reach across the aisle.
But in hindsight Senator Gregg says it was all a
mistake. "I'm a fiscal conservative, as everybody knows a fairly strong
one," the Senator said at a hastily-convened news conference.
He added: "It just became clear to me that it would be very
difficult, day in and day out, to serve in this cabinet or any other
cabinet."
It's just a shame for the Obama team that he had not thought
through all that before.
No doubt fellow Republicans have been leaning on the senator
to help him with his decision. But why did the words "fiscal
conservative" fail to ring alarm bells in the White House - just as
they were trying to get Congress to approve the $800bn dollar stimulus
bill.
Hard to swallow
While Mr Gregg was making his announcement, Mr Obama was at a
factory in Illinois trying to sell the very same stimulus bill that the
Republican senator had found hard to swallow.
The president made no reference to his latest problem, but a
rather annoyed White House then issued a terse statement saying it was
Mr Gregg who had asked to do the job, and that he had made it clear to
them he would "support, embrace and move forward with the President's
agenda".
The statement rather curtly concluded: "We
regret that he had a change of heart."
That's all very well, but were the president and his advisers
not being rather naive in assuming that they could appoint a fiscal
conservative to the job of commerce secretary? They were, after all,
preparing to spend hundreds of billions of dollars of taxpayers' money
to revive the ailing US economy.
It's like asking a teetotaller to serve behind the bar. Given
the other setbacks it certainly raises questions about the White House
vetting process.
The president's promise of bipartisanship is certainly not
going according to plan. First there was the Republican revolt over the
stimulus bill, now there's one fewer Republican serving in his cabinet.
But Mr Obama is not giving up hope yet of creating his "team of rivals"
in the mould of one of his political heroes, Abraham Lincoln.
He told reporters travelling with him that he was an optimist
and that he would continue to reach out to the other side. His tone was
far more conciliatory than the earlier Whitehouse statement. And he
even had some nice words for Senator Gregg.
Barack Obama has not lost his faith in his own formidable
powers of persuasion. Nor is he the first president to suffer setbacks
of this kind. But while his supporters may feel he has just been
unlucky, his opponents will accuse him of being naive.
NEW
RENDITION: how long do you think it will take until this decision
is reversed?
Continuity of the Wrong Kind
NYTIMES Editorial
February 11, 2009
The Obama administration failed — miserably —
the first test of its commitment to ditching the extravagant legal
claims used by the Bush administration to try to impose blanket secrecy
on anti-terrorism policies and avoid accountability for serial abuses
of the law.
On Monday, a Justice Department lawyer dispatched by the new attorney
general, Eric Holder, appeared before a three-judge panel of the United
States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit in San Francisco. The
case before them involves serious allegations of torture by five
victims of President Bush’s extraordinary rendition program. The five
were seized and transported to American facilities abroad or to
countries known for torturing prisoners.
Incredibly, the federal lawyer advanced the same expansive
state-secrets argument that was pressed by Mr. Bush’s lawyers to get a
trial court to dismiss the case without any evidence being presented.
It was as if last month’s inauguration had never occurred.
Voters have good reason to feel betrayed if they took Mr. Obama
seriously on the campaign trail when he criticized the Bush
administration’s tactic of stretching the state-secrets privilege to
get lawsuits tossed out of court. Even judges on the panel seemed
surprised by the administration’s decision to go forward instead of
requesting a delay to reconsider the government’s position and,
perhaps, file new briefs.
The argument is that the very subject matter of the suit is a state
secret so sensitive that it cannot be discussed in court, and it is no
more persuasive now than it was when the Bush team pioneered it. For
one thing, there is ample public information available about the
C.I.A.’s rendition, detention and coercive interrogation programs. The
fact that some of the evidence might be legitimately excluded on
national security grounds need not preclude the case from being tried,
and allowing the judge to make that determination. More fundamentally,
the Obama administration should not be invoking state secrets to cover
up charges of rendition and torture.
President Obama has taken some important steps to repair Mr. Bush’s
damaging legacy — issuing executive orders to prohibit torture, shut
secret prisons overseas and direct closure of the detention camp at
Guantánamo Bay, Cuba. It would have been good if he and Mr.
Holder had shown the same determination in that federal court, rather
than defending the indefensible.

Andy Warholl made a career of it, so
why not this chap?
AP Alleges Copyright Infringement of
Obama Image
NYTIMES
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
Filed at 8:31 p.m. ET
February
4, 2009
NEW YORK (AP) -- On buttons, posters and Web sites, the image was
everywhere during last year's presidential campaign: A pensive Barack
Obama looking upward, as if to the future, splashed in a Warholesque
red, white and blue and underlined with the caption HOPE.
Designed by Shepard Fairey, a Los-Angeles based street artist, the
image has led to sales of hundreds of thousands of posters and
stickers, has become so much in demand that copies signed by Fairey
have been purchased for thousands of dollars on eBay.
The image, Fairey has acknowledged, is based on an Associated Press
photograph, taken in April 2006 by Manny Garcia on assignment for the
AP at the National Press Club in Washington. The AP says it owns
the copyright, and wants credit and compensation. Fairey disagrees.
''The Associated Press has determined that the photograph used in the
poster is an AP photo and that its use required permission,'' the AP's
director of media relations, Paul Colford, said in a statement.
''AP safeguards its assets and looks at these events on a case-by-case
basis. We have reached out to Mr. Fairey's attorney and are in
discussions. We hope for an amicable solution.''
''We believe fair use protects Shepard's right to do what he did
here,'' says Fairey's attorney, Anthony Falzone, executive director of
the Fair Use Project at Stanford University and a lecturer at the
Stanford Law School. ''It wouldn't be appropriate to comment beyond
that at this time because we are in discussions about this with the
AP.''
Fair use is a legal concept that allows exceptions to copyright law,
based on, among other factors, how much of the original is used, what
the new work is used for and how the original is affected by the new
work.
A longtime rebel with a history of breaking rules, Fairey has said he
found the photograph using Google Images. He released the image on his
Web site shortly after he created it, in early 2008, and made thousands
of posters for the street. As it caught on, supporters began
downloading the image and distributing it at campaign events, while
blogs and other Internet sites picked it up. Fairey has said that he
did not receive any of the money raised.
A former Obama campaign official said they were well aware of the image
based on the picture taken by Garcia, a temporary hire no longer with
the AP, but never licensed it or used it officially. The Obama official
asked not to be identified because no one was authorized anymore to
speak on behalf of the campaign. The image's fame did not end
with the election.
It will be included this month at a Fairey exhibit at the Institute of
Contemporary Art in Boston and a mixed-media stenciled collage version
has been added to the permanent collection of the National Portrait
Gallery in Washington.
''The continued use of the poster, regardless of whether it is for
galleries or other distribution, is part of the discussion AP is having
with Mr. Fairey's representative,'' Colford said.
A New York Times book on the election, just published by Penguin Group
(USA), includes the image. A Vermont-based publisher, Chelsea Green,
also used it -- credited solely to Fairey-- as the cover for Robert
Kuttner's ''Obama's Challenge,'' an economic manifesto released in
September. Chelsea Green president Margo Baldwin said that Fairey did
not ask for money, only that the publisher make a donation to the
National Endowment for the Arts.
''It's a wonderful piece of art, but I wish he had been more careful
about the licensing of it,'' said Baldwin, who added that Chelsea Green
gave $2,500 to the NEA.
Fairey also used the AP photograph for an image designed specially for
the Obama inaugural committee, which charged anywhere from $100 for a
poster to $500 for a poster signed by the artist. Fairey has said
that he first designed the image a year ago after he was encouraged by
the Obama campaign to come up with some kind of artwork. Last spring,
he showed a letter to The Washington Post that came from the candidate.
''Dear Shepard,'' the letter reads. ''I would like to thank you for
using your talent in support of my campaign. The political messages
involved in your work have encouraged Americans to believe they can
help change the status quo. Your images have a profound effect on
people, whether seen in a gallery or on a stop sign.''
At first, Obama's team just encouraged him to make an image, Fairey has
said. But soon after he created it, a worker involved in the campaign
asked if Fairey could make an image from a photo to which the campaign
had rights.
''I donated an image to them, which they used. It was the one that said
''Change'' underneath it. And then later on I did another one that said
''Vote'' underneath it, that had Obama smiling,'' he said in a December
2008 interview with a photography Web site.
Obama Calls for ‘Common
Sense’ on Executive Pay
NYTIMES
By EDMUND L. ANDREWS and VIKAS BAJAJ
February
5, 2009
WASHINGTON — President Obama on Wednesday announced a salary cap of
$500,000 for top executives at companies that receive large amounts of
bailout money, calling the step an expression not only of fairness but
of “basic common sense.”
“We all need to take responsibility,” the president said as he prompted
Congress once again to act on his economic stimulus program and
repeated his accusations that some Wall Street executives had shown
“the height of irresponsibility” when millions of non-wealthy Americans
were bearing the burden of Wall Street’s failures.
The people are sick and tired, Mr. Obama said, of seeing Wall Street
executives come to the government “hat in hand when they were in
trouble, even as they paid themselves customary lavish bonuses.”
“This is America, and we don’t begrudge wealth,” the president said.
But Americans definitely begrudge “executives being rewarded for
failure,” especially if their earning are subsidized by taxpayers, he
said.
Treasury Secretary Timothy F. Geithner, appearing with the president,
said there is a general feeling among not-so-rich Americans that they
are bearing a greater burden because of the financial crisis than those
who helped to create it. Mr. Geithner said he would devote “every ounce
of energy” to restore public trust in financial institutions — the
bedrock of the country’s credit system.
The president used the White House announcement to call for quick
action on his stimulus plan, whose cost could approach $1 trillion,
depending on the final version that emerges after Senate and House
conclude their negotiations.
“A failure to act, and act now, will turn crisis into catastrophe and
guarantee a longer recession, a less robust recovery and a more
uncertain future,” the president said.
Executives of companies getting bailout money will also be prohibited
from receiving any bonuses above their base pay, except for normal
stock dividends.
The new rules would be far tougher than any restrictions imposed during
the Bush administration, and they could force executives to accept deep
reductions in pay. They come amid rising public fury about huge pay
packages for executives at financial companies being propped up by
federal tax dollars.
Executives at companies that have already received money from the
Treasury Department would not have to make any changes. But analysts
and administration officials are bracing for a huge wave of new losses,
largely because of the deepening recession, and many companies that
have already received federal money may well be coming back.
Under the Treasury’s $700 billion rescue program, most companies that
have received money so far have been considered “healthy” rather than
on the brink of collapse.
But five of the biggest companies to get help — Citigroup, Bank of
America and the American International Group, General Motors and
Chrysler — were all facing acute problems. And top executives at those
companies made far more than $500,000 in recent years.
Kenneth D. Lewis, the chief executive of Bank of America, took home
more than $20 million in 2007. Of that, $5.75 million was in salary and
bonuses.
Vikram Pandit, who became chief executive of Citigroup in December of
2007 and previously held other senior positions at the bank, made $3.1
million.
Richard Wagoner, the chief executive of General Motors, made $14.4
million, much of it in stock, options and other non-cash benefits. He
earned a $1.6 million salary.
“That is pretty draconian —
$500,000 is not a lot of money, particularly if there is no bonus,”
said James F. Reda, founder and managing director of James F. Reda
& Associates, a compensation consulting firm. “And you know these
companies that are in trouble are not going to pay much of an annual
dividend.”
Mr. Reda said only a handful of big companies pay chief executives and
other senior executives $500,000 or less in total compensation. He said
such limits will make it hard for the companies to recruit and keep
executives, most of whom could earn more money at other firms.
“It would be really tough to get people to staff” companies that are
forced to impose these limits, he said. “I don’t think this will work.”
President Obama last week branded Wall Street bankers “shameful” for
giving themselves nearly $20 billion in bonuses as the economy was
deteriorating and the government was spending billions to bail out some
of the nation’s most prominent financial institutions.
“If the taxpayers are helping you, then you have certain
responsibilities to not be living high on the hog,” Mr. Obama said
Tuesday, in an interview with “NBC Nightly News.”
Mr. Obama’s rules are coming just as he is expected to ask for
additional sums of money, beyond the $700 billion already authorized,
to prop up the financial system, even as he pushes Congress to move
quickly on a separate economic stimulus package that could cost
taxpayers as much as $900 billion.
Last week, Senator Claire McCaskill, Democrat of Missouri, proposed a
$400,000 salary limit.
Senator McCaskill, reacting to reports of extravagant perks and bonuses
at companies like Merrill Lynch and Citigroup, had blasted Wall Street
executives as “a bunch of idiots” who were “kicking sand in the face of
the American taxpayer.”
The banks that have received bailout funds already are subject to
limits on compensation , but the Bush administration intentionally left
them lax. The top five executives at banks that get an equity infusion
from the government are restricted from offering golden parachutes, as
rich severance packages are called, and any compensation above $500,000
is not tax deductible to the company.
Companies that received emergency money, like Citigroup, faced somewhat
tougher restrictions, including a requirement to reduce the bonus pool
for the top 50 executives by 40 percent. But even those restrictions
come nowhere near the $500,000 cap.
In a letter to Congress last month, Lawrence H. Summers, director of
Mr. Obama’s National Economic Council, suggested that the new pay
restrictions would apply to all companies that get Federal help.
Without mentioning a particular dollar limit, Mr. Summers wrote that
“executive compensation above a specified threshold amount be paid in
restricted stock or similar form that cannot be liquidated or sold
until the government has been repaid.”
Finance Chairman Breaks Silence on
Daschle’s Tax Problems
NYTIMES
February
2, 2009, 10:40 am
By Kate Phillips
As the Senate Finance Committee prepared to meet behind closed doors to
examine the tax problems disclosed late last week by Tom Daschle, the
nominee for secretary of health and human services, its chairman
released his first statement on the issue.
Senator Max Baucus, whose relationship with former Majority Leader
Daschle had been rocky over the years, this morning sought to outline
the steps his panel is taking to review the potential roadblocks to
confirmation that surfaced with Mr. Daschle’s revelations that he had
to pay back taxes for a car service provided by a firm he worked for
and on income for consulting work. While praising Mr. Daschle as
someone who would be an “invaluable” partner in the pursuit of health
care reform, Mr. Baucus said:
As indicated by news reports over the weekend, the
Senate Finance Committee has been reviewing a number of issues with
regard to Senator Daschle’s nomination as part of our vetting process.
As with every nominee, all issues raised will be considered carefully
and thoroughly by the Finance Committee in the coming days. The
Committee will meet this afternoon to discuss the findings of this
vetting process and next steps, and I will comment further once I’ve
had a chance to hear my fellow senators’ thoughts. We will also make
public the information discovered and reviewed in the vetting process.
“I have applauded Senator Daschle’s nomination to
the post of H.H.S. Secretary, and my faith in his dedication and
qualifications has only been bolstered in recent weeks by our numerous
conversations about the pressing need for comprehensive health care
reform. The ability to advance meaningful health reform is my top
priority in confirming a Secretary of Health and Human Services, and I
remain convinced that Senator Daschle would be an invaluable and expert
partner in this effort. I am eager to move forward together.”
Earlier, Mr. Daschle had sent a letter expressing his apologies to the
committee for the tax issues. A confirmation hearing by the Finance
Committee had been snagged over an examination of the tax problems.
While Senate Democratic leaders have expressed confidence that Mr.
Daschle will ultimately be confirmed, especially in light of his
longtime ties to the Senate, Republican leaders and some critics have
pointed to the fact that Mr. Daschle is the second nominee to be
confronted over personal tax issues. Senate confirmation of Timothy
Geithner, the new Treasury Secretary, also had been delayed because of
his failure to pay taxes on certain income.
In the years since Mr. Daschle was defeated in 2004 by John Thune,
Republican from South Dakota, the top Democrat has earned a sizable
income in the private sector as a policy adviser to various companies.
The Times’s David Kirkpatrick examined the relationships Mr. Daschle
built upon — and the income he amassed — since his departure from the
Senate.
Creepy,
don't you think? How about official portrait in Times
Square? With a running message along the bottom, something like
"the end of the world is nigh"
Melding Obama’s Web to a YouTube Presidency
NYTIMES
By JIM RUTENBERG and ADAM NAGOURNEY
January 26, 2009
WASHINGTON — Lyle McIntosh gave everything he could to Barack Obama’s
Iowa campaign. He helped oversee an army that knocked on doors,
distributed fliers and held neighborhood meetings to rally support for
Mr. Obama, all the while juggling the demands of his soybean and corn
farm.
Asked last week if he and others like him were ready to go all-out
again, this time to help President Obama push his White House agenda,
Mr. McIntosh paused.
“It’s almost like a football season or a basketball season — you go as
hard as you can and then you’ve got to take a breather between the
seasons,” he said, noting he found it hard to go full-bore during the
general election.
Mr. McIntosh’s uncertainty suggests just one of the many obstacles the
White House faces as it tries to accomplish what aides say is one of
their most important goals: transforming the
YouTubing-Facebooking-texting-Twittering grass-roots organization that
put Mr. Obama in the White House into an instrument of government. That
is something that Mr. Obama, who began his career as a community
organizer, told aides was a top priority, even before he was elected.
His aides — including his campaign manager — have created a group,
Organizing for America, to redirect the campaign machinery in the
service of broad changes in health care and environmental and fiscal
policy. They envision an army of supporters talking, sending e-mail and
texting to friends and neighbors as they try to mold public opinion.
The organization will be housed in the Democratic National Committee,
rather than at the White House. But the idea behind it — that the
traditional ways of communicating with and motivating voters are giving
way to new channels built around social networking — is also very
evident in the White House’s media strategy.
Like George W. Bush before him, Mr. Obama is trying to bypass the
mainstream news media and take messages straight to the public.
The most prominent example of the new strategy is his weekly address to
the nation — what under previous presidents was a speech recorded for
and released to radio stations on Saturday mornings. Mr. Obama instead
records a video, which on Saturday he posted on the White House Web
site and on YouTube; in it, he explained what he wanted to accomplish
with the $825 billion economic stimulus plan working its way through
Congress. By late Sunday afternoon, it had been viewed more than
600,000 times on YouTube.
The White House also faces legal limitations in terms of what it can
do. Perhaps most notably, it cannot use a 13-million-person e-mail list
that Mr. Obama’s team developed because it was compiled for political
purposes. That is an important reason Mr. Obama has decided to build a
new organization within the Democratic Party, which does not have
similar restrictions.
Still, after months of discussion, aides said the whole approach
remained a work in progress, even after Friday, when the organizers
e-mailed a link to a video to those 13 million people announcing the
creation of Organizing for America. Mr. Obama’s aides know they have a
huge resource to harness, but fundamental questions remain about how it
will run and precisely what organizers are hoping to accomplish.
“This has obviously never been undertaken before,” David Plouffe, Mr.
Obama’s campaign manager and one of the organizers of this effort, said
in the video sent to supporters. “So it’s going to be a little trial
and error.”
Even with that video, in addition to one sent earlier in the
president’s name, the organization does not have a fully developed Web
site, evidence, some of Mr. Obama’s advisers said, of just how murky
the mission is.
Mr. Plouffe said the group had not settled on a budget or begun serious
fund-raising. The goal is to have a relatively small staff, with
representatives in most, if not every, state, and to make up any
shortfall in personnel with the use of technology.
There is a clear interest in keeping the Internet-based political
machinery that made Mr. Obama’s brand so iconic and that helped him
raise record amounts. The new group’s initials, O.F.A., conveniently
also apply to his Obama for America campaign. And the desire for the
Obama organization to live on was voiced in a meeting of organizers in
Chicago after Election Day, and echoed at 4,800 house meetings in
December and in a survey completed by 500,000 Obama supporters.
Still, sensitive to ruffling feathers even among fellow Democrats wary
of Mr. Obama’s huge political support, Mr. Obama’s aides emphasized
that the effort was not created to lobby directly or pressure members
of Congress to support Mr. Obama’s programs.
“This is not a political campaign,” Mr. Plouffe said. “This is not a
‘call or e-mail your member of Congress’ organization.”
Instead, Mr. Plouffe said the aim was to work through influential
people in various communities as a way of building public opinion.
“So it’s: ‘Here’s the president’s speech today on the economy. Here are
some talking points,’ ” he said. “This was a very under-appreciated
part of our campaign. If someone who has never been involved in
politics before — or is an independent or a Republican — makes this
case with their circle of people, that has more impact.”
The operation is being run from borrowed desks on the third floor of
the D.N.C. headquarters on Capitol Hill, led by organizers chosen, Mr.
Plouffe said, because of skills they demonstrated during the campaign.
The head of the group is Mitch Stewart, a low-key operative who helped
run Mr. Obama’s effort in three critical states — Iowa and Indiana in
the primary season and Virginia in the general election. Another
important person in the operation is Jennifer O’Malley Dillon, the new
executive director of the Democratic National Committee, who was the
battleground states director for Mr. Obama in his campaign.
And there will be clear coordination between this independent operation
at the Democratic National Committee and a communications arm being set
up at the White House, under Macon Phillips, the “new media” director
for Mr. Obama’s administration.
Mr. Phillips was an Internet strategist with Blue State Digital, a
private firm closely tied to Mr. Obama’s campaign. His team signaled
the new direction Mr. Obama is bringing with a redesigned White House
Web site that was introduced shortly after Mr. Obama was sworn in and
is modeled after his campaign site. It will be continually updated to
add presidential orders and blog postings that make the case for
administration policy, often echoed by talking points that Organizing
for America is sending to supporters.
In an interview, Mr. Phillips, 30, said the site would give the White
House another way to reach the public without having to rely on the
mainstream news media.
“Historically the media has been able to draw out a lot of information
and characterize it for people,” he said. “And there’s a growing
appetite from people to do it themselves.”
The approach is causing some concern among news media advocates, who
express discomfort with what effectively could become an informational
network reaching 13 million people, or more, with an unchallenged,
governmental point of view.
“They’re beginning to create their own journalism, their own
description of events of the day, but it’s not an independent voice
making that description,” said Bill Kovach, the chairman of the
Committee of Concerned Journalists. “It’s troublesome until we know how
it’s going to be used and the degree to which it can be used on behalf
of the people, and not on behalf of only one point of view.”
The undertaking will require Mr. Obama’s aides to wedge technology that
worked for them in the campaign into the infrastructure of the White
House, with its relatively older technology and security restrictions.
Where Mr. Obama’s campaign was free to use Facebook, instant messaging
and Twitter, among other forms of communication, the White House faces
more constraints. With every note part of the historical record, and
new scrutiny on every communication, staff members are unable to access
public instant messaging accounts and social networking sites from
their desks.
The administration’s Web team has a YouTube channel, but it is already
exhibiting the dangers for a White House in the Wild West of the
Internet: a page showing Mr. Obama’s inauguration address is littered
with offensive commentary from users.
In campaigns, candidates control multimillion-dollar advertising
budgets and organizations in 50 states. When they take office, they
have had to put their own stamp on existing party organizations, and to
rely largely on the news media to communicate with the public. Though
he comes to the task with the advantage of a team that proved
innovative in using technology and communications advances to reshape
electoral politics, Mr. Obama’s challenge is not totally different from
the one that faced his predecessors.
“The problem that you have is, you come off a campaign — where there is
an infrastructure and a director in every state — and then you have
nothing,” said Sara Taylor, a White House political director for Mr.
Bush. “You have allied organizations, but they don’t report to you, so
you’re relying on allies to be supportive when you don’t have control
of those organizations.”
Mr. Obama’s aides acknowledged that after two long years there were
also some concerns about “list fatigue.” Mr. Obama, the party and the
inaugural committee have reached out to his supporters on the e-mail
list so frequently — for money, for input, for help in persuading their
neighbors to vote — that some want to give it a rest before cranking it
up again.
Even some of Mr. Obama’s most enthusiastic foot soldiers understand the
sentiment.
“It’s kind of like we’re spent right now,” said Dr. Robert Gitchell,
who campaigned for Mr. Obama in Ames, Iowa. But, “once that fire is
lit” in supporters, he said, “it’s easy to trigger them all again.”
Hail to the Faux Chief We Have Chosen as
Rehearsal Stand-In
NYTIMES
By MARK LEIBOVICH
January
12, 2009
WASHINGTON — Politics and governance in Washington can sometimes seem
like one big cast of characters play-acting prescribed roles and going
through the paces. Sunday morning was such a time.
Someone who looked a little bit like Barack Obama was sworn in as the
nation’s 44th president at the United States Capitol. The tall black
male delivered a brief inaugural address and then headlined an
inaugural parade that ended at his new home, the White House. In
fact, it was not really Barack Obama. It was only a stand-in — Staff
Sgt. Derrick Brooks of the Army — who played the incoming president in
an inaugural rehearsal that took over large areas around the Capitol
and the White House for a few hours. The spectacle felt both momentous
and kind of weird.
Still, from a distance, it had the look and feel of the real thing:
amplified speeches and announcements could be heard several blocks
away, honor guards and color guards and processions of dignitaries (or
stand-ins thereof) assembled along the western end of the Capitol. The
(actual) Marine Band showed up to play “Hail to the Chief” to honor the
(fake) new president. Several hundred onlookers, reporters and
photographers braved frigid predawn temperatures for the chance to get
a lot closer to the faux action than they probably will for the real
thing on Jan. 20.
“I’m just honored to be part of this historic event,” said Mr. Obama’s
stand-in, Sergeant Brooks, who met a large contingent from the (real)
news media a few blocks from the White House after he finished riding
in the parade with the stand-in for his wife, Michelle (played by Petty
Officer First Class LaSean McCray of the Navy). Sergeant Brooks
is 26, well below the legal age of 35 to be president, but there are
apparently no age requirements to be the presidential stand-in (or
Faux-Bama).
Sergeant Brooks’s principal qualification to play Mr. Obama was that he
bore a rough resemblance to the real thing: he stands 6 feet 2 inches
tall and weighs 185 pounds and thus fills the basic spatial parameters
for lighting and camera-angle purposes — the main reason for the
rehearsal, organizers said.
“The purpose today is to work through the issues, to make sure we get
the logistics right,” said Howard Gantman, staff director for the
Senate Rules Committee, who helps to oversee inaugural operations at
the Capitol.
There were stand-ins for pretty much everyone, identified by big signs
around their necks. Shortly after 8 a.m. Sunday, the stand-in for Chief
Justice John G. Roberts Jr. delivered the oath of office to Mr.
Faux-Bama, who was flanked by the faux Michelle and stand-ins for
daughters Malia and Sasha (played by the children of military
personnel).
Mr. Faux-Bama’s entire inaugural speech consisted of six words: “My
fellow Americans,” he said. “God bless America.”
When he was announced as the president of the United States for the
first time, Mr. Faux-Bama was given an ovation from clusters of people
who looked on from the Capitol grounds and the mall. Rehearsal
organizers said they had recruited stand-ins through a mass e-mail
message to assorted military personnel. They asked for heights and
weights and sought people who wanted to do something different. Several
stand-ins for lower-profile players (“Outer Platform Hotel Guest”) were
culled extemporaneously on Sunday.
“We’ve been doing a lot of standing around, waiting in holding rooms,”
said one stand-in, wearing a “Bush Daughter #1” sign inside the
Capitol. That would make her Barbara Bush, said the stand-in (played by
a Capitol Hill worker, Jamie Sims), who was much more willing to talk
to the press than either of the real Bush daughters has been. A
few minutes earlier, the stand-ins for the faux first daughter’s faux
parents — President Bush (played by Sgt. Bruce Cobbeldick of the Army)
and his wife, Laura (played by Petty Officer Second Class Barbara Riani
of the Navy) — had descended the east steps of the Capitol and
approached a waiting helicopter to ferry them out of Washington.
The faux Bushes did not
actually board the helicopter, but it took off anyway.
More than 3,000 people marched in the parade run-through, most of them
from the military (roughly three times that number is expected in the
real parade). Mr. and Mrs. Faux-Bama rode in the back of a black sport
utility vehicle, waving to sporadic gatherings along the route. They
emerged from their vehicle at the Treasury, next to the White House,
and walked the rest of the way.
Sergeant Brooks wore a full-length black jacket, black gloves and an
Army beret while his stand-in wife, Petty Officer McCray, wore a
shorter black coat, matching black gloves and a black-and-white Navy
cap. They took directions from the choreographers as they walked (“stay
together,” “wave a little more”). They acknowledged “congratulations”
and “welcomes.” They sometimes held hands, sometimes did not. The drill
ended shortly before noon.
Before meeting with reporters near the end of the parade route, the
fake new first couple was formally introduced by a military public
information officer.
“Ladies and gentlemen, the stand-ins for President Barack and First
Lady Michelle Obama,” the officer said, and the Faux-Bamas spoke
briefly about how honored and proud they were.
Sergeant Brooks divulged that he met the real Barack Obama last week.
“He said my ears aren’t as big as his,” reported Sergeant Brooks, who
said he thoroughly enjoyed playing the president for a few hours.
“I think he did great,” gushed the faux Michelle, smiling off to his
side.
JASON BLAIR REDUX - "ALL THE NEWS
THAT FITS WE PRINT" DEPARTMENT...
22 December 2008 I-BBC
Caroline Kennedy is hoping to take
over Hillary Clinton's Senate seat
|
NY Times admits to fake letter
The New York Times has said a
letter purporting to be from the mayor of Paris that attacked Caroline
Kennedy's bid for a Senate seat was a fake.
The letter, which was signed with the name of Bertrand
Delanoe and printed in Monday's paper, called Ms Kennedy's bid "not
very democratic" and "appalling".
The New York Times said it had failed to check whether
the letter, which was sent by e-mail, was authentic.
It said it had expressed its regrets to Mr
Delanoe's office in Paris.
The letter asked what title Ms Kennedy had to apply for
the Senate seat vacated by Hillary Clinton, who has been named
secretary of state by US President-elect Barack Obama.
"We French have been consistently admiring of the
American Constitution, but it seems that recently both Republicans and
Democrats are drifting away from a truly democratic model," the letter
said.
"Can we speak of American decline?"
The New York Times said in a statement on its web site
that the letter should never have been published.
"Doing so violated both our standards and our
procedures in publishing signed letters from our readers," it said.
The newspaper said it was reviewing its procedures for
verifying letters to avoid a repetition of the incident.
|
Judge tossed this try...
Ill.
Sinks Deeper Into Chaos Over Scandal
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
Filed at 9:50 p.m. ET
December
12, 2008
CHICAGO (AP) -- Illinois plunged deeper into turmoil Friday over
disgraced Gov. Rod Blagojevich as the attorney general asked the
state's highest court to strip the governor of his powers, billions of
dollars in bills went unpaid and lawmakers moved closer to impeaching
the scandal-plagued politician.
But Blagojevich showed no sign of backing down. He took time to pray
with ministers at his home and signed a bill that extends insurance
coverage for autistic kids, sending a sign to his critics that he's
still in charge. In the midst of it all, the state headed toward
an extraordinary constitutional showdown. Attorney General Lisa Madigan
asked the Supreme Court to declare Blagojevich unfit to serve, likening
his corruption scandal to a debilitating illness as she ramped up
pressure on the governor to resign. The move seeks to hand power over
to the lieutenant governor.
''I recognize that this is an extraordinary request, but these are
extraordinary circumstances,'' Madigan said.
It is the first time in Illinois history that such an action was taken.
The attorney general is applying a rule that was intended to cover
cases in which a governor is incapacitated for health reasons.
The Democrat is ''unable to serve as governor due to disability and
should not rightfully continue to hold that office,'' according to the
motion. ''His ability to provide effective leadership has been
eliminated, and the state government is paralyzed.''
The attorney general, also a Democrat, asked the court to strip the
governor of his duties until possible impeachment proceedings and his
criminal case run their course. If he does not step down and is not
impeached or convicted, Blagojevich could go to the court and ask to be
reinstated. The scandal has also begun to impede state business,
Madigan said.
Illinois has billions of dollars in unpaid bills, including payments to
Medicaid patients, hospitals, pharmacies, nursing homes and schools,
and the state has approved $1.4 billion in short-term borrowing to keep
cash flowing. But before the borrowing takes effect, Madigan said she
has to certify that there is not any legal proceeding threatening the
ability of the governor to hold his office. In light of Friday's
filing by her office, Madigan said she can't sign that.
''We will not be able to move forward on it until we have a different
governor,'' Comptroller Dan Hynes said.
The state's inability to pay the bills has ''a horrible ripple
effect,'' the comptroller said. He said that pharmacies that count on
state reimbursements could shut down, and suppliers could stop
delivering food to Illinois prisons or letting state troopers buy
gasoline. Businesses waiting for the state to pay its bills could lay
off workers or simply go bankrupt, Hynes said.
''If our backlog gets worse, people are going to stop providing
services,'' he said.
Blagojevich has rebuffed calls to resign after prosecutors accused him
of a litany of corruption allegations, including putting
President-elect Barack Obama's Senate seat up for sale, strong-arming
the owners of the Chicago Cubs and threatening to withhold millions of
dollars from a children's hospital. Blagojevich began the day
praying with several ministers in his home before heading to his
office, telling them he is innocent and will be vindicated ''when you
hear each chapter completely written,'' according to one of the pastors.
The Rev. Ira Acree said Blagojevich would not discuss details of the
allegations against him. He said the governor discussed trying to get a
legal and political consultation team in place, but feels as if
everything is closing in on him and that he's not getting ''any space
or chance to sort anything out.''
''I look at it like this: Everybody that's hurting needs hope, and the
family needs hope, and that's what our jobs are as pastors,'' said the
Rev. Steve Jones, one of the pastors. ''Nobody should be left hopeless.
Nobody, no matter what the circumstances.''
Within a few hours after arriving at work, Blagojevich took his first
official action as governor since the scandal broke, signing the
autistic health care bill.
''Families of children with autism have a right to access the treatment
their children need and today that has finally become a reality in
Illinois,'' the governor said. ''I have continued to fight for this
cause, and I am pleased to sign this bill into law today.''
Spokesman Lucio Guerrero said the governor has concerned himself with
bills that are time sensitive, like Friday's autism measure.
''He wants to show that he's still the governor and still has the
authority and responsibility to sign into law important pieces of
legislation,'' Guerrero said.
Blagojevich's attorney said the governor also stopped at the federal
courthouse for several minutes Friday to complete pretrial paperwork
that is required of all defendants. As he left his office, Blagojevich
refused to answer questions from reporters, saying only, ''I'll have a
lot to say at the appropriate time.''
The fallout over the scandal resumed Friday as John Harris, the
governor's chief of staff, resigned. He was arrested with his boss on
corruption charges. Harris attorney Jim Sotos said his client resigned
''because it was the right thing to do, and that's all I'm going to
say.''
The taint of the scandal followed Rep. Jesse Jackson Jr. for a third
straight day. A report in the Chicago Tribune said businessmen with
ties to the governor and the congressmen discussed raising $1 million
for Blagojevich to get him to appoint Jackson to Obama's seat.
Jackson flatly denied any wrongdoing. ''It is unfortunate that every
appearance the governor makes and meeting he has taints everyone in
attendance,'' Jackson said.
In Washington, people who have been briefed on the Illinois governor
corruption investigation said Obama chief of staff Rahm Emanuel is not
a target of the probe. Emanuel has refused to answer questions
about whether he's the ''president-elect adviser'' referred to in the
criminal complaint that accuses Blagojevich of putting Obama's Senate
seat up for sale. The complaint does not say that Blagojevich ever
spoke to the unidentified Obama adviser about the Senate seat.
Blagojevich faced a growing threat of impeachment when lawmakers gather
Monday in Springfield. Because that process could take several weeks,
Madigan said she felt compelled to go to the Supreme Court to deal with
the Blagojevich matter in quicker fashion. Illinois Supreme Court
spokesman Joseph Tybor wouldn't comment on when the court might act on
Madigan's motion, saying only that it ''will be properly considered.''
The decision to go to the state's highest court was not welcomed by
everyone. Democratic Rep. Jack Franks said it would set ''a dangerous
precedent'' for the court to remove a governor as proposed by Madigan,
who is a likely candidate for governor in 2010. Franks, a fierce
Blagojevich critic, said that kind of decision should be left to the
General Assembly.
''That's our job, and we should be doing it,'' he said.
Lawmakers also continued their preparations to meet Monday and consider
setting up a special election to fill Obama's former Senate seat.
Republican Sen. Christine Radogno said a draft of the legislation calls
for the primary and general elections to be held in conjunction with
municipal elections on Feb. 24 and April 7.
The Heart of Blago: It’s
useful to remember that most politicians
have an inner Blagojevich.
National Review
By Rich Lowry
December 12, 2008
When Franklin Roosevelt was pounding on the evils of business at the
height of the New Deal, the great economist John Maynard Keynes tried
to pull him back: “It is a mistake to think businessmen are more
immoral than politicians.”
At a time when the titans of American finance have become synonymous in
the public mind with recklessness and greed, here comes Illinois
governor Rod (F***ing) Blagojevich to confirm Keynes’ long-ago wisdom.
His contribution to the contemporary political lexicon is to have made
the unnamed, numerated potential U.S. Senate appointees in the
complaint against him sound as dirty as the unnamed johns in the Eliot
Spitzer case — is it worse to be Senate Candidate 5 or Client 9?
Blagojevich’s greed wasn’t just open and ham-fisted, it was remarkably
petty — one scheme he discussed was selling Obama’s Senate seat for a
mere $150,000 annual salary for his wife on a corporate board. If
that’s all Blagojevich could get for a coveted Senate seat, he wasn’t
even very good at corruption.
The sins of Blagojevich obviously don’t taint all politicians, most of
whom honorably discharge their duties. But it should tell us at least a
little something about the breed that such a monumentally stupid,
arrogant, and boorish man was quite adept at his craft, getting elected
three times to Congress from Chicago and elected governor twice.
That he was from Chicago was key. The city has never had a reform
movement that has overturned the old-school, ethnic-based machine
politics. It used to be said that Chicago was the only East European
city governed by Irishmen. Its politics became more open by cutting new
groups into the loot. Blagojevich’s conversations were probably most
spectacular for having been caught on tape, not for their F-bomb-laden,
grossly self-interested nature.
All of this would represent a threat to Obama only if his team were
caught up in deal-making with Blagojevich. Obama denies it, and
Blagojevich cursed Obama for offering nothing but “appreciation” in
return for offering to appoint his favored candidate, Obama’s long-term
aide Valerie Jarrett. But the scandal is a reminder of the dirty
Chicago political ether through which Obama rose without a trace —
never challenging the corruption — in the course of a career notionally
devoted to reforming politics.
One of the most intriguing questions about Obama in the mess is, “What
made him think Valerie Jarrett was qualified to be appointed to the
U.S. Senate?” Besides working for Obama, Jarrett’s most notable
substantive accomplishment was managing federally subsidized slum
property in Chicago, in which line of work her extensive connections
served her well.
Obama clearly wanted to reward a friend. Hey, that’s how politics
works, even among demi-messianic figures promising to raise us all
above selfishness. It’ll be interesting how the natural transactional
aspect of politics is distinguished in the Blagojevich case from rank
criminality. Was it a crime for Senate Candidate 5, Rep. Jesse Jackson
Jr., allegedly to offer to raise $500,000 for Blagojevich in exchange
for the Senate appointment, or just an overly explicit act of normal
horse-trading?
If Blagojevich’s instinct for enrichment rose to criminality, it’s
hardly unusual. Even the most impeccably liberal scourges of greed
manage to get rich quickly after public life. In a two-and-a-half-year
period between working in Clinton’s White House and running for
Congress, Barack Obama’s new chief of staff, Rahm Emanuel, made $16.2
million in investment banking at the small firm of Wasserstein Perella.
All it took, surely, was hard work, a little luck — and knowing Clinton
fundraiser and Wall Street mogul Bruce Wasserstein.
As the debate over private-sector excess and greed continues, it’s
useful to remember most politicians have an inner Blagojevich — because
they are just as human as the private malefactors they denounce. To
paraphrase the late Soviet dissident Alexander Solzhenitsyn, the line
between good and evil doesn’t run between the public and private sector
but “through the heart of every man.” Especially in Chicago.
— Rich Lowry is the editor of National Review
Did Obama team have contact with Ill.
governor?
DAY
By RICHARD T. PIENCIAK, Associated Press Writer
Posted on Dec 12, 9:45 AM EST
CHICAGO (AP) -- Barack Obama insists he didn't have any contact with
Illinois Gov. Rod Blagojevich or anyone else who might have been
scheming to sell the president-elect's U.S. Senate seat. But he has not
yet given his transition staff the same clean bill of health - perhaps
with good reason.
An examination of the FBI complaint against Blagojevich and the days
immediately following Obama's historic election victory suggests the
governor was highly interested in Obama confidante Valerie Jarrett as a
potential Senate appointee, albeit with a steep price tag. The
76-page complaint contains multiple references to "Senate Candidate 1,"
whose description clearly fits Jarrett, a former finance chief for
Obama's earlier campaigns and incoming senior White House adviser.
In secretly recorded conversations, the Democratic governor said he'd
be willing to appoint Jarrett - Obama's supposed favorite to replace
him - in return for a high-paying job at a national union organization
called Change to Win.
At a news conference Thursday, Obama said his office was assembling any
information about possible contacts "between the transition office and
the governor's office," and that he intended to release any such detail
in the next few days.
"But what I'm absolutely certain about is that our office had no
involvement in any dealmaking around my Senate seat," Obama said. "That
I'm absolutely certain of."
It remained unclear whether anyone on Obama's team had been in contact
with Blagojevich or his associates regarding the Senate seat.
According to the complaint, Blagojevich met Nov. 5 with an official of
the Service Employees International Union-Local 1 who is believed to be
Tom Balanoff, a longtime Obama supporter who spoke at the Democratic
National Convention.
Blagojevich "understood" that the SEIU official was "an emissary to
discuss Senate Candidate 1's interest" in the Senate seat. Though just
a day after the election, media reports had already identified Jarrett
as being interested in the job. SEIU officials released a
statement Thursday saying the organization had been in contact with the
U.S. attorney's office and had no reason to believe the union or any
union official had been involved in misconduct. The statement said the
union, and specifically Balanoff, were "fully cooperating" with the
probe.
During a Nov. 5 call, Blagojevich said the Senate appointment was a
thing of value, something not given away "for nothing."
Two days later, Blagojevich allegedly suggested he'd be willing to
"trade" the Senate seat to Jarrett in exchange for the Health and Human
Services secretary's job. He repeated that desire during a separate,
three-way call involved Blagojevich, Chief of Staff John Harris and
someone identified only as "Advisor B," a Washington-based
consultant. Harris noted that Blagojevich also would consider
being appointed to a high-paying position at Change to Win and that
Balanoff, who declined numerous requests for an interview with The
Associated Press, could guarantee the appointment.
In return, Obama would be expected to help Change to Win with its
legislative agenda on a national level, said Harris, according to the
criminal complaint.
As the FBI listened in, Harris suggested the three-way deal would give
Obama "a buffer so there is no obvious quid pro quo" regarding Jarrett.
And "Adviser B" said "they should leverage the President-elect's desire
to have Senate Candidate 1 appointed to the Senate seat" in exchange
for a big job at Change to Win. On Nov. 10, Blagojevich, his
wife, Harris, the governor's chief counsel William R. Quinlan and
several Washington-based advisers conducted an extraordinary two-hour
conference call.
Blagojevich conceded he probably wouldn't get the HHS job or an
ambassadorship because of so much negative publicity surrounding
him. Using several expletives, Blagojevich said he was reluctant
to give Obama "his senator" without anything in return; he said he'd
appoint a deputy governor before giving the job to Candidate 1. He also
considered appointing himself to the job to avoid impeachment.
During the next 36 hours, the governor grew angry and suggested Obama's
camp was not interested in making a deal.
"They're not willing to give me anything except appreciation.
(Expletive) them," Blagojevich told Harris in an intercepted call Nov.
11. The men talked about alternative candidates and perhaps starting a
nonprofit organization that could possibly be funded by a wealthy Obama
supporter, perhaps Warren Buffett. Asked Thursday why the
governor might have believed the Obama camp wasn't going to cooperate,
Obama refused to speculate.
"I can't presume to know what was in the mind of the governor during
this process," he said. "All I can do is read what was in the
transcripts, like the rest of you have read it, and shake my head."
On Nov. 12, major news organizations, including the AP, quoted sources
as saying Jarrett was not interested in the Senate seat. The Chicago
Tribune said it had received an e-mail from Jarrett declaring, "I am
not interested in the Senate seat."
But as the day wore on, Blagojevich continued to discuss the
possibility of appointing "Senate Candidate 1" in a series of calls;
Blagojevich would stay on as governor and ostensibly run the
nonprofit. "Adviser B" told the governor he liked the Change to
Win job best because "from the President-elect's perspective, there
would be fewer `fingerprints'" because the union organization was
already in existence and fully funded.
During one of the calls, Blagojevich informed the union official -
believed to be Balanoff - that he'd heard Obama now wanted other
candidates considered. Balanoff said he would find out if "Senate
Candidate 1" wanted to keep pushing for the Senate seat. In an
appearance at Harvard's Kennedy School of Government on Thursday, David
Axelrod, a senior Obama adviser, said Obama had intended from the start
to have Jarrett in the White House, and that Jarrett withdrew from
Senate contention once Obama made his feelings known.
"Valerie Jarrett is a longtime friend, adviser, very able person, and
his preference was always that she serve in the White House, and
ultimately he expressed that to her," The New York Times quoted Axelrod
as saying. "That's why she made the decision. No one in their wildest
imagination could have imagined the situation that ensued."
The discussion during a Nov. 13 call between the governor and "Adviser
A" made it clear Blagojevich wanted a deal from Obama whether his pick
was Jarrett or someone else, according to the complaint. And in
subsequent recorded conversations, the governor indeed moved on to
other possible candidates, including Rep. Jesse Jackson Jr. On
Nov. 15, Obama announced the appointment of Jarrett as one of his key
advisers. And yet nine days later, Blagojevich may not have given up on
the idea that Jarrett was still his way to cash in: According to Sen.
Dick Durbin, D-Ill., he spoke to the governor about Jarrett on Nov. 24.
"The governor asked me, `What about Valerie Jarrett? Do you think she's
serious?'" Durbin said, an apparent reference to her withdrawal from
consideration.
"I said, `Yes, I talked to her. She said she doesn't want this. She's
going to stick with Obama,'" Durbin said.
Report: Jackson backers sought cash for Ill. gov.
DAY
Information from: Chicago Tribune, http://www.chicagotribune.com
Posted on Dec
12, 8:42 AM EST
CHICAGO (AP) -- Businessmen with ties to both Illinois Gov. Rod
Blagojevich and U.S. Rep. Jesse Jackson discussed raising $1 million
for Blagojevich to help persuade him to appoint Jackson to
President-elect Barack Obama's vacant Senate seat, according to a
published report.
Citing unnamed sources, the Chicago Tribune reports in a story for
Friday's editions that businessman Raghuveer Nayak and Blagojevich aide
Rajinder Bedi told attendees at an Oct. 31 meeting that they needed to
raise the money for the governor to ensure Jackson's appointment.
"Raghu said he needed to raise a million for Rod to make sure Jesse got
the seat," an unidentified source who attended the meeting told the
Tribune. Blagojevich also attended the meeting, which was sponsored by
Nayak, an Oak Brook businessman.
A message left at a listing for Raghuveer Nayak in Oak Brook was not
immediately returned early Friday. No published listing for Bedi could
be found.
Blagojevich was arrested Tuesday on federal corruption charges that
allege, among other things, a brazen scheme to put Obama's vacant
Senate seat up for sale.
According to the FBI complaint, the Oct. 31 meeting took place the same
day federal prosecutors intercepted a conversation in which Blagojevich
claims he'd been approached by a representative for an unnamed "Senate
Candidate 5" who offered cash in exchange for the Senate seat.
On Wednesday, it was revealed that Jackson was the candidate.
"We were approached 'pay to play,'" Blagojevich said in the call. The
candidate would raise $500,000 for Blagojevich, and an emissary would
raise an additional $1 million, according to the conversation.
Jackson spokesman Rick Bryant told the Tribune that while Jackson
discussed the Senate seat with Nayak, he never asked him to do anything.
Nayak, 54, has raised hundreds of thousands of dollars for Blagojevich
and is also close to the Jackson family. Bedi has also been a
Blagojevich fundraiser.
The Oct. 31 meeting led to a Blagojevich fundraiser held Saturday that
was co-sponsored by Nayak. The governor attended, as did Jackson's
brother Jonathan, who went into business with Nayak several years ago,
according to the newspaper report.
Two days later, Jackson met with Blagojevich to discuss the Senate seat.
Man behind curtain is wizard of
Rod, Rahm
Chicago Tribune online
John Kass, jskass@tribune.com
December 12, 2008
When it comes to being the guy behind the guy, there is no one more
conspicuous than Rahm Emanuel. As chief of staff for
President-elect Barack Obama, he's usually at Obama's news conferences,
standing off to the side, glowering like some fiercely loyal
mini-me. But Emanuel wasn't there Thursday when Obama faced
reporters to answer questions about federal charges against Illinois
Gov. Rod Blagojevich (D-Dead Meat), accused of trying to sell Obama's
Senate seat to the highest bidder.
"I have never spoken to the governor on this subject," Obama said. "I
am confident that no representatives of mine would have any part of any
deals related to this seat."
Wow. No staffers tried to make a deal for his Senate seat?
"I've asked my team to gather the facts of any contacts with the
governor's office about this vacant seat, so that we can share them
with you over the next few days," Obama said.
He could have just asked Emanuel, but he wasn't there, and reporters
kept wondering, "Where's Rahm? Where's Rahm?" What they should have
been asking is, "Where's Jimmy?"
As in state Sen. James DeLeo (D-How You Doin?)
DeLeo is an extremely powerful politician. You know this because he's
hardly ever quoted in newspaper stories.
Emanuel and DeLeo have a relationship. Emanuel is the congressman from
the 5th Congressional District, where DeLeo is the Democratic state
central committeeman. What hasn't been reported on much is that Emanuel
has not yet resigned from the House. And if you want to play politics
in Jimmy's sandbox, you need his OK. DeLeo is also considered by
some to be the real governor of Illinois. Blagojevich is the nutty guy
who makes the speeches and gets the federal slap. They're so close that
if Jimmy suddenly stopped walking, Rod would chip his teeth on the back
of Jimmy's head.
It's reasonable to assume that if there's one fellow Rod would talk to
about the Senate seat, it's Jimmy. And given their relationship, Jimmy
could talk to Rahm. I'm not suggesting money was offered. There is
nothing illegal about politicians horse-trading to fill seats. Only
when such deals are monetized—as the governor is alleged to have
done—is it illegal.
I'm just talking about putting political pieces on the board the
Chicago Way. A vacant Senate seat and a soon-to-be vacant House seat in
Illinois would be a package deal. Consider this mathematical equation:
Jimmy/Rod + Jimmy/Rahm = Happy Rod, Jimmy and Rahm. Get it?
Before he became so powerful, Jimmy was a lowly traffic court bailiff
making a measly $20,000 a year. Yet he was able to own shiny new
Cadillacs, Jaguars and Mercedes, astounding federal agents, who in 1989
charged him with taking bribes to fix tickets in the Operation Greylord
probe of judicial corruption.
Later, his former roommate told a federal grand jury that there was
$35,000 in cash in their freezer, carefully wrapped in butcher paper so
the bills wouldn't get freezer burn. But the roommate came to Jimmy's
defense, saying the money was his, not Jimmy's, and that it came from
the roommate's stolen-car business.
At Jimmy's trial, Outfit gambling boss Ken "Tokyo Joe" Eto emerged from
the witness protection program to testify that he passed cash to Jimmy
via handshakes. Eto had been hiding since Outfit hit men tried to kill
him. They used cheap bullets, and three slugs failed to fully penetrate
Eto's diamond-hard cranium. The jury didn't believe the feds.
They believed Jimmy and acquitted him, so he rose to political
prominence, and now Obama's chief of staff is the congressman in the
district Jimmy controls.
Jimmy didn't return my call to his office, so we checked other joints.
"DeLeo?" said Glenn, the manager at Carmine's. "I've never heard of the
name. Who?"
At Tavern on Rush, a hostess said, "I haven't seen him today." A woman
at Cafe Bionda simply said, "No, he's not here."
So I phoned the Excelsior Casino in Aruba, where Jimmy takes
politicians to gamble, including Illinois Secretary of State Jesse
White. I figured Jimmy might be there.
"Who's calling please?" asked a secretary in the office of Michael
Posner, the casino boss who has Chicago connections.
Tell him John from Chicago is calling, I said. Posner picked up and was
quite chirpy, for about three seconds, until he realized I was a
newspaper guy.
"If you want to find him, call him yourself," Posner said. Click.
Later, Jimmy's attorney phoned, upset that I'd called all over looking
for him. She told me that Jimmy had nothing to do with any deal for
Rahm's seat or Obama's seat.
"The answer is no," said Jimmy's attorney. "No."
OK, but I'm still waiting to hear from Jimmy, so I can ask him about
Rod and Rahm. I won't hold my breath. You never hear from the
real guy behind the guy. That's how they remain the guy behind
the guy.
Obama
Says He Never Spoke to Governor on Senate Seat
NYTIMES
By JACK HEALY
December
12, 2008 - note that this is also the wrong date - the great,
all-seeing TIMES had a vision? Or maybe a flashback to the
Clinton quote "It all depends on what the definition of is is"
President-elect Barack Obama said on Thursday that he never spoke to
the governor of Illinois about Mr. Obama’s replacement in the United
States Senate, and that no one on his staff had been involved in any
deal-making regarding Mr. Obama’s successor.
“That would be a violation of everything that this campaign has been
about,” Mr. Obama said at a news conference in Chicago which was called
to announce an appointment to his Cabinet.
In his first extended comments on the unfolding political scandal, Mr.
Obama said he was “appalled and disappointed” by the details of a
complaint filed by federal prosecutors, who have accused the governor,
Rod R. Blagojevich, of trying to profit from his power to choose Mr.
Obama’s successor. Mr. Obama also restated his call for the governor to
resign.
“I think the public trust has been violated,” Mr. Obama said. “I hope
that the governor comes to the conclusion that he can no longer
effectively serve and that he does resign.”
Mr. Obama said he was compiling information on any possible contacts
between his transition team and members of Mr. Blagojevich’s staff. “I
want to gather all the facts about any staff contact that may have
taken place. We’ll have those in the next few days and we’ll present
them.”
He added, “Our office had no involvement in any deal-making around my
Senate seat — that, I’m absolutely certain of.” Mr. Blagojevich was
arrested Tuesday on charges that included trying to cash in on his
power to name Mr. Obama’s successor in the United States Senate.
According to excerpts of transcripts of taped conversations provided by
prosecutors, Mr. Blagojevich wanted to parlay his appointment power to
secure an ambassadorship, a Cabinet position, a high-paying nonprofit
job for himself or a lucrative spot on a corporate board for his wife.
The governor’s lawyer denied the charges, and Mr. Blagojevich returned
to work to address the state’s $2 billion budget gap, a spokeswoman
said.
Prosecutors have made a point of saying that Mr. Obama was not
implicated in the investigation. Indeed, Mr. Blagojevich is quoted
angrily cursing Mr. Obama and his staff in the criminal complaint,
saying “they’re not willing to give me anything except appreciation,”
according to prosecutors.
Still, for the past three days Mr. Obama and his transition team have
been forced to distance themselves from a hometown political scandal,
one that has shifted public focus away from Mr. Obama’s Cabinet
appointments and plans for the new administration.
On Tuesday, Mr. Obama made a brief appearance to discuss climate change
with former Vice President Al Gore, but instead faced a barrage of
questions about his ties to Mr. Blagojevich.
Mr. Obama said he was “saddened and sobered” by the accusations and
told reporters he had not been in contact with the governor or Mr.
Blagojevich’s staff. He declined to comment further.
But those comments contradicted an earlier statement by David Axelrod,
a senior adviser, who told Fox News on Nov. 23 that Mr. Obama had
spoken to Mr. Blagojevich about the Senate seat, and that “there are a
whole range of names, many of which have surfaced.”
Late Tuesday, Mr. Axelrod issued a statement saying he had misspoken in
his comments to Fox News, and said that Mr. Obama indeed had no contact
with Mr. Blagojevich in the conversations over a replacement.
"About Town" has saved this article on
the "faux news" page because...it may be just as accurate as the
NYTIMES efforts produced by former employee at the upper left.
Officials Say Jackson Was ‘Candidate 5’ in Case
NYTIMES
By DAVID JOHNSTON
December
12,
2008 - a day ahead...it is actually this morning's news, the 11th!
WASHINGTON — Federal authorities on Wednesday identified Democratic
Representative Jesse Jackson Jr. of Illinois as the potential United
States Senate candidate who was portrayed in court papers made public
Tuesday as being the most deeply enmeshed in the alleged scheme by Gov.
Rod Blagojevich to benefit from his appointment of a new senator to the
seat vacated by President-elect Barack Obama.
Mr. Jackson said in an interview with ABC News that he did not know
whether he was the anonymous Candidate 5 mentioned by federal
prosecutors in the affidavit supporting their criminal complaint
against Mr. Blagojevich. He said that the prosecutors in Chicago told
him he was not a target of the criminal inquiry. But he said they had
asked him to answer questions about the selection process by Mr.
Blagojevich to fill the seat.
Mr. Jackson, who has publicly sought the appointment, said he met with
Mr. Blagojevich to discuss the job for the first time earlier this
week, after not having spoken to him for more than four years. Mr.
Jackson said he never authorized anyone to offer anything in return for
the appointment. Mr. Jackson, the son of the civil rights leader, was
first named by ABC News as the person identified in the criminal
complaint as Candidate 5.
“It is impossible for someone on my behalf to have a conversation that
would suggest any type of quid pro quo or any payments or offers,” Mr.
Jackson said in comments broadcast by ABC News. “An impossibility to an
absolute certainty.”
Federal prosecutors in Chicago would not discuss the identity of
Candidate 5 and would not comment on whether Mr. Jackson would be
interviewed in the case.
The identify of Candidate 5 has been a mystery since the filing of a
legal complaint on Tuesday accusing Mr. Blagojevich and an aide of
engaging in corruption and conspiracy, stemming in part from an alleged
effort by the Governor to sell off Mr. Obama’s seat in return for
campaign contributions and lucrative jobs for Mr. Blagojevich and his
family.
Of the six candidates for the senate seat who are identified by number
in the complaint, but not named, only Candidate 5 is said to have
engaged in possible wrongdoing by engaging in discussions through an
emissary about a possible quid pro quo with Mr. Blagovich’s camp. The
emissary was also not identified by name.
According to the compliant, Mr. Blagojevich threatened to appoint
Candidate 5 to the vacant post, rather than another candidate he
thought Mr. Obama would prefer, if Mr. Obama would not help place Mr.
Blagojevich’s wife “on paid corporate boards right now.”
The complaint also said that in a wiretapped conversation on Oct. 31,
Mr. Blagojevich told an associate about an approach by the emissary
from Candidate 5: “We were approached ‘pay to play.’ That you know,
he’d raise me 500 grand. An emissary came. Then the other guy would
raise a million, if I made him [Senate Candidate 5] a senator.”
'All the news we hope to
print'
DAY
By Verena Dobnik
Published on 11/13/2008
New York - Commuters nationwide found out during Wednesday's morning
rush hour that the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan had ended and global
warming, health care spending and the economy's problems were on their
way to being solved.
On behalf of a collective of liberal activists, 1,000 volunteers across
the country handed out 1.2 million copies of a spoof of The New York
Times, dated July 4, 2009.
At first glance, the parody, which used the Times' Gothic-style font on
the nameplate, could easily be mistaken for the real thing.
The 14-page paper - which also announced the abolition of corporate
lobbying, a maximum wage for chief executives and a recall for all
gasoline-fueled cars - showed up in New York, Los Angeles, San
Francisco, Chicago, Philadelphia and Washington, D.C.
The pranksters - including a film promoter, a college teacher,
journalists and others - said they wanted to encourage the
administration of Democratic President-elect Barack Obama to keep its
promises.
The publication was funded by small, online contributions “to maintain
the pressure on the people we've elected so they do what we've elected
them to do,” said a journalist using the pseudonym Wilfred Sassoon for
the project because he wanted to protect his real job at a newspaper in
the New York area.
He said he helped create the paper with about 30 other people, many of
whom work at New York newspapers.
Steven Lambert, an editor of the parody who teaches art at Hunter
College and Parsons The New School for Design - and gave his real name
- said the project was a success.
”This really resonated with people on the street,” Lambert said.
“First, there was a moment of, 'How could this be true?' But then
people enjoyed this feeling of, 'Ah, amazing things really could
happen!' The paper provides this vision of what's possible if we all
work together.”
Lambert said the team included three New York Times staffers whose
names will remain secret. He said the group looked into the legal
issues raised by the use of The New York Times nameplate style and
believes it is within the bounds of what's known as “fair use” under
federal copyright law.
On the Times' Web site, spokeswoman Catherine Mathis said: “This is
obviously a fake issue of The Times. We are in the process of finding
out more about it.”
Sassoon said the project started about six months ago, when “a little
group of journalists were sitting around having a beer.”
The group posted a small notice on Craigslist soliciting volunteer
writers and others to help. The fake paper was printed at presses
around the country and The Yes Men, a New York-based prankster group,
provided software and Internet support.
The group said it spent less than $100,000 on the effort.
The lead story appears beneath the headlines “Iraq War Ends” and
“Troops to Return Immediately.” Another story declares, “Nation Sets
Its Sights on Building Sane Economy.”
The writers' political perspective is clear, from their twist on the
Times' own motto “All the news that's fit to print” - “All the news we
hope to print” - to a story that has former Secretary of State
Condoleezza Rice admitting the Bush administration knew well before the
2003 Iraq invasion that Saddam Hussein did not have weapons of mass
destruction.
There are even fake ads, including one for a South African diamond
company promising that a purchase of a diamond “will help fund the
creation, fitting and maintenance of a prosthetic for an African whose
hand was lost in one of the continent's brutal conflicts over
diamonds.”
It's not the first time the venerable newspaper has been parodied.
One spoof came out during the 1978 newspaper strike and another on
April Fools' Day in 1999. The second was printed by British business
tycoon Sir Richard Branson and titled “I Can't Believe It's Not The New
York Times.”
Times Co. Reports Loss of $74 Million
NYTIMES
By RICHARD PÉREZ-PEÑA
April 22, 2009
The New York Times Company reported a first-quarter loss of $74.5
million on Tuesday, compared with a loss of $335,000 in the period a
year ago, as it joined the roster of newspaper companies recording the
steepest advertising declines in generations.
Advertising revenue at the company’s publishing segment fell 28.4
percent in the quarter, including an 8 percent decline in Internet
advertising at the News Media Group. The worst drop, 31.6 percent, hit
the New England Media Group, which consists primarily of The Boston
Globe and its site, Boston.com. The company has told unions at The
Globe that the paper is on track to lose $85 million this year, and
that unless deep cuts are made, the paper will be sold or closed.
Internet businesses accounted for 12.8 percent of the company’s revenue
compared with 11.1 percent in the first quarter a year ago.
Other publishers have seen similar declines in newspaper ad revenue in
the first quarter, the sharpest drop since the Depression, and far
worse than analysts predicted just a few months ago. The Times
Company’s total revenue of $609 million, down 18.6 percent from $747.9
million in the first quarter a year ago, fell more than $20 million
short of analysts’ projections.
Newspaper circulation revenue recorded a slight gain, following price
increases. And the company’s About Group, a collection of Internet
businesses that includes About.com, saw a 4.7 percent drop in
revenue. In a statement, the chief executive, Janet L. Robinson,
said that the company would fare better in the rest of 2009, in part
because of aggressive cost-cutting. The company recently closed its
City and Suburban distribution subsidiary, in addition to making cuts
in its continuing operations.
“This quarter our operating costs declined 9.5 percent,” Ms. Robinson
said. Excluding non-cash items and special charges like severance
costs, she said, operating profit for the rest of the year “will
improve relative to this quarter.”
She also signaled that the company was far ahead of the goal it set
last year of cutting $230 million in annual expenses over the course of
2008 and 2009. “This year we plan to save more than $330 million in
operating expenses,” she said.
The first quarter is traditionally weaker than the second for newspaper
advertising, and this year the pre-Easter advertising fell in the
second quarter, where it was in the first quarter last year.
The Times Company has taken several steps in recent months to shore up
its position, including those at The Globe. It raised $225 million from
a sale-leaseback of part of its headquarters building, and $250 million
in a loan from Carlos Slim, a Mexican telecommunications billionaire
who is a major shareholder. The company is also seeking to sell its
stake in the Boston Red Sox baseball team and related businesses.
As part of the cost cutting, The Times recently announced plans to
eliminate several weekly sections of the paper. In addition, the
salaries of nonunion managers were cut 5 percent for the rest of the
year, and members of the Newspaper Guild were asked to accept a similar
cut.
On a per-share basis, the company’s first-quarter loss was 52 cents a
share. Excluding one-time special items, the loss was 35 cents. That
number is skewed somewhat by a tax anomaly and other factors, but it is
clearly much worse than the average analyst’s prediction of 4 cents on
a comparable basis.
New
York Times Enters Talks With
Lenders
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
Filed at 7:18 p.m. ET
December 9, 2008
NEW YORK (AP) -- New York Times Co. said Tuesday it is in talks
with lenders about debt payments coming due in the next two years, as
the newspaper publisher struggles to weather continued declines in
advertising sales.
The New York-based company says it will borrow up to $225 million
against the value of its Manhattan headquarters to help repay debt due
in May, and is evaluating assets for potential sale as it looks to
boost liquidity.
''There is no doubt that 2009 will be among the most challenging years
we have faced and more steps will be needed,'' New York Times Chief
Executive Janet L. Robinson said Tuesday ahead of a media conference
presentation.
The newspaper industry as a whole is facing hefty debt and declining ad
sales as more readers flock to the Internet. On Monday, fellow media
company Tribune Co. filed for bankruptcy to cope with a crushing $13
billion in debt.
The Times has reported that total revenue dropped 9.4 percent in
October compared with the same month a year ago. On Tuesday, Robinson
said advertising trends declined further in November, particularly in
the entertainment, real estate and automotive advertising categories.
In addition to its flagship newspaper, The New York Times Co. also owns
The Boston Globe, the International Herald Tribune and several regional
newspapers.
Last month, the company slashed its quarterly dividend by 74 percent.
The move is expected to save $98 million a year but will curtail the
income of its controlling shareholders, the Sulzberger family, who
together own about 19 percent of the company.
Chief Financial Officer James Follo said the company does not plan to
fully replace its $400 million credit facility, which expires next
year. He said New York Times is also looking at other financing
alternatives, such as revolvers, public offerings or private placements
to help meet its obligations.
Asset sales are are up for discussion, but Follo acknowledged that may
be difficult in the current market and credit environment.
Analysts say rival Tribune -- which owns the Los Angeles Times, Chicago
Tribune, Baltimore Sun and other dailies -- will almost certainly be
forced to sell some of its major holdings, which could prove very
difficult because of the bad economy and the poor outlook for
newspapers.
Also Tuesday, the New York Times also updated its expense guidance. The
company now expects depreciation and amortization costs will range
between $140 million and $145 million in 2008 and between $135 million
and $145 million in 2009.
The company forecasts roughly $140 million in capital expenditures this
year, which includes about $22 million for its new headquarters. For
2009, the company expects capital spending will fall to about $80
million.
New York Times shares fell 50 cents, or 6.4 percent, to $7.35. The
stock has lost 64 percent of its value since trading at a 52-week high
of $21.14 in April.
Union Linked to Illinois
Corruption Scandal
NYTIMES
By STEVEN GREENHOUSE
December 11, 2008
The Service Employees International Union has long boasted that it is
on the cutting edge of the labor movement. But it found itself badly
embarrassed this week when it was linked by name to Gov. Rod R.
Blagojevich’s maneuvering to secure some financial gain from picking
the next Senator from Illinois.
The federal criminal complaint filed against Mr. Blagojevich said his
chief of staff, John Harris, had suggested to a service employees’
official that the union should help make the governor the head of
Change to Win, the federation of seven unions that broke away form the
A.F.L.-C.I.O. The complaint said Mr. Blagojevich was seeking a position
that paid $250,000 to $300,000 a year.
In exchange, the complaint strongly suggested, the service employees
union and Change to Win would help persuade Mr. Blagojevich to name
Valerie Jarrett, President-elect Barack Obama’s first choice, as the
state’s new senator. And the union would get help from the Obama
administration, presumably for its legislative agenda.
Several union officials in Chicago and Washington said that service
employees official approached by Mr. Harris was Tom Balanoff, the
president of the union’s giant janitors’ local in Chicago and head of
the union’s Illinois state council. Mr. Balanoff, one of the union
officials closest to Mr. Obama, is widely seen as an aggressive,
successful labor leader, who has helped unionize thousands of janitors
not just in the Chicago area but also in Texas.
Reached by telephone on Tuesday, Mr. Balanoff said, “I can’t comment on
anything right now.”
The Illinois branch of the service employees issued a statement on
Wednesday night saying, “We have no reason to believe that S.E.I.U. or
any S.E.I.U. official was involved in any misconduct.” It added that
the union and Mr. Balanoff “are fully cooperating with the federal
investigation.”
Greg Denier, Change to Win’s spokesman, said the federation “had no
involvement, no discussion, no contact” with Mr. Blagojevich or his
staff. “The idea of a position at Change to Win was totally an
invention of the governor, and his stance has no basis in reality,” Mr.
Denier said.
Mr. Denier noted that the presidency of Change to Win was an unsalaried
position. The federation’s president, Anna Burger, is the service
employees’ secretary treasurer and receives only her S.E.I.U. salary.
Service employee officials said that the criminal complaint does not
allege that the unnamed “S.E.I.U. official” did anything wrong. All he
did, they said, was listen to Mr. Blagojevich and his chief of staff
and ferry some messages for them.
A senior service employees official who insisted on anonymity because
prosecutors have asked union officials not to talk said his union was
one of many that backed Mr. Blagojevich and has received favors from
him. But he said that it was understandable that Mr. Blagojevich would
ask the service employees for favor because it was so powerful and was
seen as one of the union’s closest to Mr. Obama.
Patrick Gaspard, the former political director of the service
employees’ huge New York health-care affiliate, 1199, was political
director of Mr. Obama’s campaign.
If Mr. Blagojevich was going to approach a union to help land a cushy
job after leaving the Illinois governorship, it probably made sense for
him to approach the service employees, the nation’s fastest growing
union.
With more than 1.8 million members nationwide, it is the largest union
in Illinois, was an early and generous backer of his gubernatorial
ambitions and received some important favors from him. In 2005, the
governor issued an executive order that enabled the service employees
to unionize 49,000 in-home child care providers who were paid through
state and federal funds.
Afterward, the service employees negotiated a 39-month contract that
raised the child-care providers daily rates by 35 percent on average
and provided them with health coverage.
With Mr. Blagojevich evidently hoping to trade favors with
President-elect Obama, the service employees seemed like a sensible
intermediary because it was widely seen as doing more to elect Mr.
Obama than any other union. The service employees’ political action
committee spent at least $26 million on Mr. Obama’s behalf in this
year’s presidential campaign, making it by far the largest single PAC
donor in the campaign.
The service employees union was by far the top overall donor to Mr.
Blagojevich’s 2006 re-election campaign, with records showing it
donated more than $900,000, or about 5 percent of his total campaign
funds.
Michelle Ringuette, a service employees’ spokeswoman, said the
political contributions were unusual.
“Many unions make donations to political candidates,” she said, “in the
interest of making sure we have elected officials who represent the
interest of working families, men and women who get up and go to work
every day.”
The service employees’ president, Andy Stern, is often seen as the
nation’s most powerful union official, serving as both a dynamo and
lightning rod for the labor movement. He led the schism from the
A.F.L.-C.I.O., and now he is seeking to lead an effort to persuade Mr.
Obama to enact two major pieces of legislation in his first 100 days:
universal health coverage and the Employee Free choice Act, a law that
would make it far easier for workers to unionize.
Mr. Stern was embarrassed early this year when Tyrone Freeman, an
official he appointed to run a large, home-care workers’ local in Los
Angeles, was suspended and later banned for misappropriating hundreds
of thousands of dollars in funds. Mr. Freeman was found to have
improperly directed union funds to his wedding, his wife’s company,
even to membership in a private cigar club.
Mr. Stern has named a panel of experts to develop a tougher ethical
code for the union.
How long did New York Times editors
know of Kouwe’s story copying?
Greenwich TIME - CT POST
February 16, 2010 at 12:25 pm by Teri Buhl
UPDATE 3
The business media was shocked to see the New York Times issue a quasi
apology to the Wall Street Journalyesterday over one of its Dealbook
reporters, Zach Kouwe, copying story lines and not sourcing original
reporting to other news publications. There was also mention that
‘other publications’ had fallen victim to story lifts by Kouwe and a
note that the New York Times was investigating the situation. The New
York Observer printed a copy of the letter from the WSJ editors to the
NYT editors detailing the specific infractions.
But for some who had closely followed stories reported by Kouwe at the
NYT’s online business blog, Dealbook, this was not so much of a shock.
Examples of his copying other journalists’ reporting and sourcing it as
his own went back to 2008 – a few month after he left the New York Post
and started with NYT’s Dealbook.
On Dec. 26, 2008, an online publication covering the housing market,
Mortgage Implode-O-Meter, published an exclusive news report that a
group of financial services firms, led by Steven Mnuchin of Dune
Capital, would be buying failed IndyMac Bank from the FDIC. IndyMac was
one of the first large thrift banks to be seized by the FDIC at the
start of the financial crisis.
A day later, Kouwe reported for the NYT’s Dealbook that Dune Capital
was expected to buy IndyMac and added two other names of buyers, JC Flowers and John Paulson, to the
story. Kouwe’s report did not credit Mortgage Implode-O-Meter for first
breaking the fact that 1) a private equity group was buying IndyMac 2)
Dune Capital was involved.
Wire services picked up the NYT’s story and the rest of the business
press ended up sourcing Kouwe for breaking the news on the sale of
IndyMac to a private equity group. Aaron Krowne, founder of the
implode-o-meter sites, noted that an NYT follow could have added
significant viewership to his niche business publication, and said that
when the NY Times had followed previous exclusive news stories traffic
increased to 300,000 viewers.
E-mails were sent to the NYT’s Andrew Ross Sorkin altering him of the
news break on December 26th. Then to Kouwe on December 28th asking for
an explanation on why Dealbook did not credit Mortgage Implode-O-Meter,
when half a dozen other publications including the LA Times had.
According to Dealbook’s Web site at the time, Sorkin was listed as
Dealbook’s editor. Sorkin did not respond but Kouwe did. In a letter to
the author of the story seen by Greenwich TimeKouwe wrote:
I don’t know what
to tell you. Things move so quickly on the Web that citing who had it
first is something that is likely going away, especially in the age of
blogs.
The New York Time Company corporate Web site states:
Dealing With
Competitors
33. We compete
zealously but deal with competitors openly and honestly. We do not
invent obstacles to hamstring their efforts. When we first use facts
originally reported by another news organization, we attribute them.
This last sentence seems to contradict what was actually the mindset of
this NYT Dealbook reporter.
Kouwe also wrote:
For instance
Dealbreaker and other blogs report on a lot of stories, but I don’t
think anybody has ever cited them as being first with a particular
scoop. I’ve had it happen to me a bunch of times at The Post and it
really didn’t bother me because most readers just don’t care. They
don’t read bylines and they don’t care about whether one paper cited a
website or another paper in their stories.
A few weeks later on January 12th, 2008 Dealbook followed a news report
that had previously been reported first by online Wall Street
publication Dealbreaker, but did not credit Dealbreaker for reporting
the story or the memo first. The story centered on an internal memo
talking about Citibank’s Smith Barney being merged with Morgan Stanley.
According to people familiar with the situation, Dealbook was claiming
the memo came from their sources, but after being presented with proof
of the plagiarism, Dealbook backtracked and admitted the original
report should be credited to Dealbreaker. In early 2009 Dealbook was
not always adding bylines to its online stories, so it was not clear
which writer was claiming he had originally sourced the story. Many of
Dealbreaker’s loyal readers assumed it was Sorkin, but people familiar
with the situation told Greenwich Time the Dealbook editors eventually
admitted it was Kouwe.
Kouwe continued to report news throughout 2009 that had first appeared
on Dealbreaker, such as hedge fund returns on assets, but no one was
able to prove he didn’t get the documents sourced on his own.
Dealbreaker readers continue to voice concerns on the publication’s
comment section. In the age of fast-paced reporting on market-moving
news, sources do chose to leak documents to multiple publications at
about the same time. The question still unanswered is how much of
Kouwe’s reporting was he really “borrowing” from the other publication,
and did he violate journalistic ethics. Regarding how stories are
sourced, it’s not like there are the independent journalism
police out there to fine or take away your credentials. It’s a gray
line that is often at the discretion of the publication.
When asked if Kouwe would remain on staff, a spokesperson for the New
York Times told the Greenwich Time they don’t comment on personnel
issues. According to people who spoke with Kouwe last night, he is
telling friends he doesn’t think the NYT can afford to keep him on
staff and assumes responsibility now for his actions. While this break
in journalistic ethics might be considered the sole fault of the
reporter who had a successful career of reporting on mergers and
acquisitions at the New York Times and the New York Post, we beg to
question how long did the Dealbook editors know about these problems
before they took action?
UPDATE 2-16-10 4:40 pm
Jeff Bercovici of AOL’s dailyfinance.com is reporting that Kouwe has
been suspended and a decision by NYT editors regarding if he will stay
on staff could come this evening. Also the Greenwich Time can report
that NY Times editors are currently reviewing emails that were used as
part of this investigative report.
UPDATE 2-16-10 5:30pm
According to sources inside of the New York Times Dealbook team Kouwe
will be fired within the hour.
UPDATE 2-16-10 9:00pm
Zach Kouwe gave the New York Observer an interview claiming he resigned
along with a weak explanation of why he plagiarised other journalist.
What is still not answered though is why he thought it was OK to
violate NY Times policy that says reporters will source other
publications that report facts first. Our sources inside the New York
Times say he was fired and then offered a chance to resign to save face.
Editor’s note: This reporter has
worked as a freelancer for New York Post, Dealbreaker, Trader Monthly,
Housingwire, and the Implode-O-Meter publications. She is now a staff
reporter for Hearst CT Newspapers.
Hartford
Courant Competitors Seethe
Over Web Site
NYTIMES
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
September 4, 2009
Filed at 3:10 p.m. ET
HARTFORD, Conn. (AP) -- After cutting its newsroom by half because of
the recession and sagging advertising revenue, The Hartford Courant
found a new source for news -- its competition -- and found itself in a
plagiarism scandal.
The episode began this summer when The Tribune Co.-owned newspaper
began summarizing or rewriting other newspapers' stories and putting
them on the Courant Web site. The company defended that as a legitimate
practice.
But its competitors and some journalism experts said it wasn't so
innocent, because the Courant was using stories right from its own
backyard rather than around the country.
''They can't afford to cover local news anymore,'' said Chris Powell,
managing editor of the family-owned Journal Inquirer newspaper in
nearby Manchester. It covers dozens of communities east of Hartford,
producing stories about town budgets, school boards and other municipal
functions while the Courant has closed bureaus in the area. ''People
want local news, so they'll steal it from their competitors. I see it
as nothing more than theft.''
Powell's newspaper, which makes news on its Web site available only to
paid subscribers, complained to the Courant last week, and followed up
with a Page 1 story. It pointed out that some stories the Courant
posted from other newspapers on its Web site later appeared in print
editions of the Courant with attribution stripped off, or changed to
the Courant.
In Friday's newspaper, the Courant's CEO and publisher, Richard
Graziano, acknowledged that the Courant had plagiarized its
competitors. He apologized to readers in a note on the opinion page.
''We are taking corrective action to prevent it from happening again,''
Graziano wrote.
Graziano's apology appeared to be referring to the fact that online
stories landed in the newspaper without proper attribution, and it's
not clear whether the newspaper still plans to aggregate news from its
competitors -- and give them credit -- online. Since the criticism of
that practice emerged, the newspaper's Web site has ceased running such
stories. But Courant executives did not return calls seeking comment
about whether this was a permanent or temporary change.
Online aggregators, such as Google, Huffington Post and the Drudge
Report, link to news from multiple sources. Many newspaper blogs do it,
too. And some newspapers share material willingly, to help each other
broaden their coverage.
But online aggregation can be controversial if the creators of the
original material believe that the aggregator's summaries are thorough
enough to dissuade readers from going to the source's own Web site.
That loss of traffic can kill ad revenue.
For instance, in December, newspaper publisher GateHouse Media Inc.
sued The New York Times Co. over The Boston Globe's practice of running
headlines and lead sentences from GateHouse stories on its Web site.
The case was settled before going to trial.
The resolution didn't settle the broader question of how much material
blogs and news sites can grab from other sites when they also provide
links to the original stories. The Associated Press has been an
especially vocal critic of the way that some sites aggregate news
without paying for it. The AP, a not-for-profit cooperative owned by
newspapers, has sued some online aggregators and urged other sites to
reduce how much AP content they reproduce, even when they link to the
underlying material.
Tribune Co. has stood by the idea of aggregating content on its Web
sites in Hartford and elsewhere. Tribune, which is operating under
bankruptcy protection, also owns the Chicago Tribune, the Los Angeles
Times, The Sun of Baltimore and other newspapers and 23 TV stations.
''Aggregation is something that we are engaged in at all of our
newspapers,'' Tribune spokesman Gary Weitman said. ''It is completely
appropriate and enables us to provide a broad array of news stories to
our readers, viewers and online users.''
The Courant, which won Pulitzer Prizes in 1992 and 1999 and prides
itself on being the nation's longest continuously published daily
newspaper, announced its Web aggregation plans in July. In a memo
describing the role of the ''aggregation editor,'' Editor Naedine
Hazell said the person would collect and rewrite other newspapers'
content ''to broaden the news we offer readers online and in print.''
Since then, the Courant has posted numerous stories on its Web site
that were based on material originally written by newspapers in
Torrington, Bristol, New Britain, Waterbury, Stamford and other places.
The stories appeared in the main news section of Courant.com, mixed in
with articles that were reported by the newspaper's own staff.
In some cases, each paragraph of the story was attributed to the
originating newspaper. At other times, the Courant has published just
headlines and brief summaries on its Web pages, along with a link to
the originating newspapers' Web sites.
Journalism professor Jerry Dunklee at Southern Connecticut State
University said that even before the Web stories landed in print, the
Courant was violating ethical and legal standards by aggregating local
competitors' online material.
''When they cut back staff and take smaller newspapers' and radio
stations' reporting, even if they identify the reporter and news
organization ... they are still taking that material that they should
be covering themselves,'' Dunklee said.
Tribune Company Seeks Bankruptcy
Protection
NYTIMES
By RICHARD PÉREZ-PEÑA
December 9, 2008
The Tribune Company, the newspaper and television chain that publishes
The Los Angeles Times and The Chicago Tribune, filed for bankruptcy
protection on Monday.
The move came less than a year after Samuel Zell, a Chicago real estate
tycoon, took control of the Tribune chain and took on most of the $13
billion debt burden that now threatens to cripple it in the face of a
sinking economy and a collapse in advertising.
Mr. Zell said the company had enough cash to continue operating its 12
newspapers, 23 television stations, national cable channel and assorted
other media holdings, and the company insisted that the filing would
have no effect on employees’ payroll and benefits, or on the vast
majority of their retirement accounts.
But in light of its shrinking cash flow, Tribune decided to file for
bankruptcy in a Delaware court, with the urging of some of its major
creditors who met with Tribune representatives over the previous three
days.
The recession and the shift of advertising to the Internet have hit
newspapers with the sharpest drop in advertising revenue since the
Depression — Tribune’s papers were down 19 percent in the third quarter
— and some major newspapers have defaulted on debt or been put up for
sale, with no takers. But Tribune’s problems were made significantly
worse by the unusual $8.2 billion deal put together last year by Mr.
Zell, which took the company private and nearly tripled its debt load,
driving the company deeper into debt than any other major newspaper
publisher.
The company has cut its staff and products, deeply and repeatedly, in
an attempt to stay ahead of debt payments. In May, it also sold one of
its most profitable newspapers, Newsday, to Cablevision for $650
million.
Tribune faces more than $900 million in interest payments over the next
year, and a $512 million principal payment due in June.
Tribune filed under Chapter 11 of the bankruptcy code, which allows it
to continue operating while negotiating with lenders to try and reduce
its interest payments and possibly its debt.
The unusually heavy debt burden means Tribune’s bankruptcy is not a
harbinger for the newspaper industry, said Rick Edmonds, a media
business analyst at the Poynter Institute. “He took on a huge amount of
debt at just the wrong time,” he said of Mr. Zell.
The bankruptcy came together in just a few days, largely to protect the
position of banks that hold the bulk of Tribune’s debt, according to
people briefed on the talks between them, who were given anonymity
because they were not authorized to discuss the matter publicly. Those
banks hold Tribune’s senior secured loans — that is, the first in line
to be paid in a bankruptcy — but the company also has junior debts,
including a $69.55 million payment that was due on Monday.
On Friday, these people said, Mr. Zell called a meeting with the main
senior creditors, including Merrill Lynch, JPMorgan Chase, Bank of
America, Deutsche Bank and Citigroup, and warned that continuing to pay
the junior debt reduced the company’s ability to pay senior creditors
later on. In meetings over the weekend, the banks reluctantly advised
bankruptcy. The company said it did not make the $69.55 million payment
on Monday.
In a note sent to Tribune employees, Mr. Zell cited the state of the
industry and the economy, saying, “It has been, to say the least, the
perfect storm,” which has made it “extremely difficult to support our
debt.” But he did not refer to the role of last year’s deal in creating
most of that debt.
The deal created an employee stock ownership plan, which bought all of
Tribune’s stock and made the company tax-exempt. That made the
employees the titular owners of the company, but they had no say in the
matter and have no control over its management. They were promised the
possibility of gaining access to their shares and cashing them in
several years in the future, but in a bankruptcy, share values are
often wiped out.
Mr. Zell, who put up just $315 million of the purchase price, gained
control, and the right to buy as much as 40 percent of Tribune’s stock
in the future.
A note on an internal Tribune Company Web site said, “All ongoing
severance payments, deferred compensation and other payments to former
employees have been discontinued and will be the subject of later
proceedings before the court.” That made it apparent that employees who
recently were laid off or took buyouts would join the long list of
unsecured creditors.
James Gerstenzang, a reporter who left The Los Angeles Times’s bureau
in Washington last month, said he was trying to figure out whether he
was one of those people. He said he had just sent in the last paperwork
to approve his expected buyout payment — 49 weeks of pay, after more
than 24 years.
“What, I’m supposed to be shocked that Sam Zell isn’t keeping his
word?” he asked. “This was their commitment and their credibility.”
A crucial part of Tribune’s strategy for surviving the next year has
been to raise cash by selling the Chicago Cubs and its stadium, Wrigley
Field, but that effort has been delayed. The company excluded the Cubs
and the stadium from the bankruptcy filing, so that it could press
ahead with a sale that it hopes will reap more than $1 billion.
The bankruptcy filing “will take pressure off our operations,” Mr. Zell
said in a statement. “This restructuring focuses on our debt, not on
our operations.”
But bankruptcy — a rare step for a big newspaper company — calls into
question the future shape of a company with more than $4 billion a year
in revenue and thousands of employees.
James H. M. Sprayregen, a bankruptcy lawyer at Kirkland & Ellis,
said companies will often choose to file for bankruptcy when it becomes
clear that they will eventually need protection, even if they are
making their debt payments. “It obviously wasn’t an emergency or they
would have filed Sunday night,” he said. “They chose a time that was
financially advantageous.”
Tribune arranged for $50 million in credit from Barclays, and an
agreement with Barclays to continue a $300 million line of credit, on
which it has already drawn $225 million.
In addition to the banks, the major creditors listed in the bankruptcy
filing are hedge funds that hold Tribune loans. The largest individual
creditor listed is Mark H. Willes, former chief executive of Times
Mirror, the Los Angeles-based newspaper company bought by Tribune in
2000, who the filing says is owed $11.2 million in retirement benefits
and deferred pay.
Mr. Zell took control of the company on Dec. 20, 2007, and installed
top managers who, like him, had no background in newspapers. They vowed
to shake up the company. But Tribune’s results kept declining like
those of the industry as a whole. The company had a profit of $37.1
million in the third quarter — down from $216.8 million in the
year-earlier quarter — and a $26.2 million loss on its newspapers.
In the Los Angeles Times newsroom, word of the bankruptcy brought few
words of surprise.
“I think people are pretty disgusted by the direction things have
gone,” said Mitchell Landsberg, a reporter. “There’s no love lost
between the employees here and Sam Zell.”
Reporting was contributed by Tim
Arango, Rebecca Cathcart, Michael J. de la Merced, Zachery Kouwe, Susan
Saulny and Andrew Ross Sorkin.




Republican
Convention in NYC in 2004 at left
Rebirth of "Manchurian
Candidate" concept in American politics...center of picture changes each
4 years? Next, Mr "Faux Politics" himself! NYTIMES gets
sued...
Newspapers
across the country going from downsizing to slow death spiral
DAY
By Richard Perez-Pena
Published on 3/12/2009
The history of The Seattle Post-Intelligencer stretches back more than
two decades before Washington became a state, but after 146 years of
publishing, the paper is expected to print its last issue next week,
perhaps surviving only in a much smaller online version.
And it is not alone. The Rocky Mountain News shut down two weeks ago
and The Tucson Citizen is expected to fold next week.
At least Denver, Seattle and Tucson, Ariz., still have daily papers.
But now, some economists and newspaper executives say it is only a
matter of time - and probably not much time at that - before some major
American city is left with no prominent local newspaper at all.
”In 2009 and 2010, all the two-newspaper markets will become
one-newspaper markets, and you will start to see one-newspaper markets
become no-newspaper markets,” said Mike Simonton, a senior director at
Fitch Ratings, which analyzes the industry.
Many critics and competitors of newspapers - including online startups
that have been hailed as the future of journalism - say that no one
should welcome their demise.
”It would be a terrible thing for any city for the dominant paper to go
under, because that's who does the bulk of the serious reporting,” said
Joel Kramer, editor and chief executive of MinnPost.com, an online news
organization in Minneapolis. “Places like us would spring up, but they
wouldn't be nearly as big. We can tweak the papers and compete with
them, but we can't replace them.”
No one knows which will be the first big city without a large paper,
but there are candidates all across the country. The Hearst
Corp.,
which owns The Post-Intelligencer, has also threatened to close The San
Francisco Chronicle, which lost more than $1 million a week last year,
unless it can wring significant savings from the operation.
In a tentative deal reached Tuesday night, the California Media Workers
Guild agreed to less vacation time, longer workweeks and more
flexibility for the Chronicle to make layoffs without regard to
seniority. Union officials say they have been told to expect the
elimination of at least 150 guild jobs, almost one-third of the total,
and management is still trying to negotiate concessions from the
Teamsters union. Advance Publications said last fall that it might shut
down the Star-Ledger, the dominant paper in New Jersey, but a set of
cutbacks and union concessions kept the paper alive in a much-downsized
form.
The top papers in many markets, like The Star Tribune in Minneapolis,
The Philadelphia Inquirer and The New Haven Register, belong to
companies that have gone into bankruptcy in the last three months. The
owners insist they have no intention of closing publications, but the
management making those assurances may not be in charge when the
companies emerge from reorganization.
Other publishers, like the Seattle Times Co. and MediaNews Group, owner
of The Denver Post, San Jose Mercury News and The Detroit News, are
seen as being at risk of bankruptcy. Many newspapers - from The Miami
Herald to The Chicago Sun-Times - have been put up for sale, with no
buyers on the horizon.
Ad revenue, the industry's lifeblood, has dropped about 25 percent in
the last two years (by comparison, automotive revenue for Detroit's Big
Three fell about 15 percent during the same period, although it has
accelerated recently), and that slide, accelerated by the recession,
shows no sign of leveling off in 2009. Web sites like Craigslist have
been to classified ads what the internal combustion engine was to
horse-drawn buggies. The stock prices of most newspaper publishers have
dropped more than 90 percent from their peaks.
And magnifying the problem, for many chains, is a heavy burden of debt
that they took on, mostly in a spree of buying other newspapers from
2005 to 2007, just before the bottom dropped out of the business. The
Tribune Co., for instance, owner of The Chicago Tribune, The Los
Angeles Times and other papers, filed for bankruptcy in December,
largely because of its debt load. The reality is that even though the
economic climate is hard for newspapers, without their debt payments,
the publishers in bankruptcy would still make money, as do most
newspapers around the country.
But profits are shrinking fast; taken together, major chains had an
operating profit margin of about 10 percent in 2008, down from more
than 20 percent as recently as 2004, according to research by John
Morton, an independent analyst.
The recent closures and threatened closures point to an ominous new
trend. For The Chronicle, The Rocky, The Star-Ledger, The Citizen and
others, debt was never the problem and they belonged to solvent
companies, but still they had been losing money. Analysts say that many
other major papers have also slid into red ink recently, including The
Washington Post and The Boston Globe (which is owned by The New York
Times Co.).
The steady trickle of downsizing that sapped American papers for almost
a decade has become a flood in the last few years. The Los Angeles
Times still has one of the largest news staffs in the country, about
600 people, but it was twice as big in the late 1990s. The Washington
Post had a newsroom of more than 900 six years ago, and fewer than 700
now. The Gannett Co., the largest newspaper publisher in the country,
eliminated more than 8,300 jobs in 2007 and 2008, or 22 percent of the
total.
Lobbyist Linked by Times to McCain Sues Paper
NYTIMES
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
Filed at 4:00 p.m. ET
December 30, 2008
RICHMOND, Va. (AP) -- A Washington lobbyist is suing The New York Times
over an article that she says gave the false impression she had an
affair with Sen. John McCain in 1999.
Vicki L. Iseman filed the $27 million defamation suit in U.S. District
Court in Richmond on Tuesday. It also names as defendants the Times'
executive editor, its Washington bureau chief and four reporters.
The newspaper did not immediately respond to a request for comment.
Iseman represented telecommunications companies before the Senate
Commerce Committee, which McCain chaired. In February, as McCain was
seeking the Republican presidential nomination, the Times reported that
McCain aides once worried the relationship between Iseman and McCain
had turned romantic.
At the time, McCain denounced the story as false. Iseman also denied it
later.
A Senior
Fellow at the Institute of Nonexistence
NYTIMES
By RICHARD
PÉREZ-PEÑA
Published: November 12, 2008
It was among the juicier post-election recriminations: Fox News Channel
quoted an unnamed McCain campaign figure as saying that Sarah Palin did
not know that Africa was a continent.
Who would say such a thing? On Monday the answer popped up on a blog
and popped out of the mouth of David Shuster, an MSNBC anchor. “Turns
out it was Martin Eisenstadt, a McCain policy adviser, who has come
forward today to identify himself as the source of the leaks,” Mr.
Shuster said.
Trouble is, Martin Eisenstadt doesn’t exist. His blog does, but it’s a
put-on. The think tank where he is a senior fellow — the Harding
Institute for Freedom and Democracy — is just a Web site. The TV clips
of him on YouTube are fakes.
And the claim of credit for the Africa anecdote is just the latest ruse
by Eisenstadt, who turns out to be a very elaborate hoax that has been
going on for months. MSNBC, which quickly corrected the mistake, has
plenty of company in being taken in by an Eisenstadt hoax, including
The New Republic and The Los Angeles Times.
Now a pair of obscure filmmakers say they created Martin Eisenstadt to
help them pitch a TV show based on the character. But under the
circumstances, why should anyone believe a word they say?
“That’s a really good question,” one of the two, Eitan Gorlin, said
with a laugh.
(For what it’s worth, another reporter for The New York Times is an
acquaintance of Mr. Gorlin and vouches for his identity, and Mr. Gorlin
is indeed “Mr. Eisenstadt” in those videos. He and his partner in
deception, Dan Mirvish, have entries on the Internet Movie Database,
imdb.com. But still. ...)
They say the blame lies not with them but with shoddiness in the
traditional news media and especially the blogosphere.
“With the 24-hour news cycle they rush into anything they can find,”
said Mr. Mirvish, 40.
Mr. Gorlin, 39, argued that Eisenstadt was no more of a joke than half
the bloggers or political commentators on the Internet or television.
An MSNBC spokesman, Jeremy Gaines, explained the network’s misstep by
saying someone in the newsroom received the Palin item in an e-mail
message from a colleague and assumed it had been checked out. “It had
not been vetted,” he said. “It should not have made air.”
But most of Eisenstadt’s victims have been bloggers, a reflection of
the sloppy speed at which any tidbit, no matter how specious, can
bounce around the Internet. And they fell for the fake material despite
ample warnings online about Eisenstadt, including the work of one
blogger who spent months chasing the illusion around cyberspace, trying
to debunk it.
The hoax began a year ago with short videos of a parking valet
character, who Mr. Gorlin and Mr. Mirvish said was the original idea
for a TV series.
Soon there were videos showing him driving a car while spouting
offensive, opinionated nonsense in praise of Rudolph W. Giuliani. Those
videos attracted tens of thousands of Internet hits and a bit of news
media attention.
When Mr. Giuliani dropped out of the presidential race, the character
morphed into Eisenstadt, a parody of a blowhard cable news commentator.
Mr. Gorlin said they chose the name because “all the neocons in the
Bush administration had Jewish last names and Christian first names.”
Eisenstadt became an adviser to Senator John McCain and got a blog,
updated occasionally with comments claiming insider knowledge, and
other bloggers began quoting and linking to it. It mixed weird-but-true
items with false ones that were plausible, if just barely.
The inventors fabricated the Harding Institute, named for one of the
most scorned presidents, and made Eisenstadt a senior fellow.
It didn’t hurt that a man named Michael Eisenstadt is a real expert at
the Washington Institute for Near East Policy and is quoted in the
mainstream media. The real Mr. Eisenstadt said in an interview that he
was only dimly aware of the fake one, and that his main concern was
that people understood that “I had nothing to do with this.”
Before long Mr. Gorlin and Mr. Mirvish had produced a short documentary
on Martin Eisenstadt, supposedly for the BBC, posted in several parts
on YouTube.
In June they produced what appeared to be an interview with Eisenstadt
on Iraqi television promoting construction of a casino in the Green
Zone in Baghdad. Then they sent out a news release in which he
apologized. Outraged Iraqi bloggers protested the casino idea.
Among the Americans who took that bait was Jonathan Stein, a reporter
for Mother Jones. A few hours later Mr. Stein put up a post on the
magazine’s political blog, with the title “Hoax Alert: Bizarre ‘McCain
Adviser’ Too Good to Be True,” and explained how he had been fooled.
In July, after the McCain campaign compared Senator Barack Obama to
Paris Hilton, the Eisenstadt blog said “the phone was burning off the
hook” at McCain headquarters, with angry calls from Ms. Hilton’s
grandfather and others. A Los Angeles Times political blog, among
others, retold the story, citing Eisenstadt by name and linking to his
blog.
Last month Eisenstadt blogged that Samuel J. Wurzelbacher, Joe the
Plumber, was closely related to Charles Keating, the disgraced former
savings and loan chief. It wasn’t true, but other bloggers ran with it.
Among those taken in by Monday’s confession about the Palin Africa
report was The New Republic’s political blog. Later the magazine posted
this atop the entry: “Oy — this would appear to be a hoax. Apologies.”
But the truth was out for all to see long before the big-name
take-downs. For months sourcewatch.org has identified Martin Eisenstadt
as a hoax. When Mr. Stein was the victim, he blogged that “there was
enough info on the Web that I should have sussed this thing out.”
And then there is William K. Wolfrum, a blogger who has played Javert
to Eisenstadt’s Valjean, tracking the hoaxster across cyberspace and
repeatedly debunking his claims. Mr. Gorlin and Mr. Mirvish praised his
tenacity, adding that the news media could learn something from him.
“As if there isn’t enough misinformation on this election, it was
shocking to see so much time wasted on things that didn’t exist,” Mr.
Wolfrum said in an interview.
And how can we know that Mr. Wolfrum is real and not part of the hoax?
Long pause. “Yeah, that’s a tough one.”

So Obama is turning the heat up in the White House--how is that
consistent with Global Warming threat?
White House Unbuttons Formal Dress Code
NYTIMES
By SHERYL GAY STOLBERG
January 29, 2009
WASHINGTON — The capital flew into a bit of a tizzy when, on his first
full day in the White House, President Obama was photographed in the
Oval Office without his suit jacket. There was, however, a logical
explanation: Mr. Obama, who hates the cold, had cranked up the
thermostat.
“He’s from Hawaii, O.K.?” said Mr. Obama’s senior adviser, David
Axelrod, who occupies the small but strategically located office next
door to his boss. “He likes it warm. You could grow orchids in there.”
Thus did a rule of the George W. Bush administration — coat and tie in
the Oval Office at all times — fall by the wayside, only the first of
many signs that a more informal culture is growing up in the White
House under new management. Mr. Obama promised to bring change to
Washington and he has — not just in substance, but in presidential
style.
Although his presidency is barely a week old, some of Mr. Obama’s work
habits are already becoming clear. He shows up at the Oval Office
shortly before 9 in the morning, roughly two hours later than his
early-to-bed, early-to-rise predecessor. Mr. Obama likes to have his
workout — weights and cardio — first thing in the morning, at 6:45.
(Mr. Bush slipped away to exercise midday.)
He reads several papers, eats breakfast with his family and helps pack
his daughters, Malia, 10, and Sasha, 7, off to school before making the
30-second comm